Rondò serie 33
IDM-C043800201.fm
K 327 K 333
Manuale di assistenza tecnica 11-2003
Cod. 47310047/01
GENERAL INDEX SYSTEMSSYSTEMS
1
2
3
INTRODUCTION
DRIVING POSITION
FRAME ARTICULATION
4 INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY NOTES ..........................................
1.1
TECHNICAL INFORMATION ............................................................................
1.2
FAULT FINDING ................................................................................................
1.3
STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN ..................................................................
2.1
SEAT AND PLATFORM ....................................................................................
2.2
FUEL TANK .......................................................................................................
2.3
STEERING .........................................................................................................
2.4
BRAKES ............................................................................................................
2.5
CENTRAL JOINT ...............................................................................................
3.1
FRONT END TRANSMISSION ..........................................................................
4.1
REAR AXLE .......................................................................................................
4.2
HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION HOUSING ...................................................
4.3
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS.
4.4
LIFT FRAME ......................................................................................................
5.1
LIFT CYLINDERS ..............................................................................................
5.2
DIFFERENTIALS ...............................................................................................
6.1
HALFSHAFTS ....................................................................................................
6.2
DRIVE SHAFTS .................................................................................................
6.3
ENGINE ..............................................................................................................
7.1
RADIATOR .........................................................................................................
7.2
CAB ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ............................................................................
8.1
CAB FRAME .......................................................................................................
8.2
ROAD LIGHTS AND HORN ...............................................................................
8.3
WINDSCREEN WIPER SYSTEM .......................................................................
8.4
HEATING/VENTILATION SYSTEM....................................................................
8.5
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM .......................................................................................
9.1
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM .....................................................................................
9.2
APPENDICES ....................................................................................................
A
5 HYDRAULIC LIFT SYSTEM
6
IDM-C043800201.fm
7
8
9
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
ENGINE UNIT
CAB
SYSTEMS APPENDICES
1
INTRODUCTION GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY NOTES
1.1 page
Purpose of the manual ........................................................................... 2 Identification of the machine and manufacturer ..................................... 2 General safety standards ....................................................................... 4 Operating procedures: reminders ......................................................... 4
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
1.2 page
Description of assemblies ...................................................................... 5 Technical specifications ......................................................................... 6 Lubricant table........................................................................................ 9 Coolant composition table.................................................................... 10 Sealant table ........................................................................................ 10 Tightening torques ............................................................................... 10 List of special tools............................................................................... 12
FAULT FINDING
1.3 page
IDM-C143800201.fm
Braking system..................................................................................... 16 Hydrostatic power steering................................................................... 16 Hydrostatic transmission ...................................................................... 17 Hydraulic lift.......................................................................................... 18
11/2003
chap. 01 - 1
1
INTRODUCTION
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY NOTES Purpose of the manual This manual has been put together by the manufacturer to provide essential practical information for technicians and mechanics authorized to carry out major servicing on the machine, including repairs and the replacement of main components. Besides adopting good working practices to ensure that servicing and repairs are performed correctly and in the shortest time possible, users of the manual must read the directions carefully and apply them to the letter. A little time spent on preparatory reading will help to avoid costly mistakes and prevent risks to personal health and safety. To facilitate comprehension, the written information is accompanied by illustrations designed to bring maximum clarity to the descriptions of all the various procedures (e.g. removal and refitment, disassembly and assembly, adjustments, etc.). The manual comes complete with assembly drawings and diagrams to provide the skilled service technician with an overall view of the assembly and functional aspects of the machine.
1.1 The following symbols are used throughout this manual to identify particularly important sections of text or data. Danger!
This symbol identifies situations of imminent danger which, if ignored, can cause serious risks to personal health and safety.
Caution!
This symbol identifies situations in which care must be taken to avoid risks to personal health and safety and risks of damage to equipment.
Important!
This symbol identifies especially important technical information that must not be ignored.
5.1 5.2
6.2
Identification of the machine and manufacturer The identification plates illustrated are fixed directly to the machine. Important!
6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4
See the electric motor’s own instruction manual for motor identification data. Manufacturer and machine identification data plate A) Name of manufacturer. B) Model of machine. C) Engine power. D) Total weight (Kg). E) CE conformity marking. F) Year of manufacture G) Serial number
IDM-C143800201.fm
6.1
A E
8.5
F
G
9.1 B C
9.2
D
A IDM-43800219400.tif
11/2003
chap. 01 - 2
1
INTRODUCTION
1.1 Road use approval plate A) Name of manufacturer. B) Model of machine. C) Industrial type approval number D) CEE type approval number E) Serial number F) Permissible weight: total G) Permissible weight: front axle H) Permissible weight: rear axle L) Permissible trailer weight: no brakes M) Permissible trailer weight: independent braking N) Permissible trailer weight: inertia braking P) Permissible trailer weight: power assisted braking Q) Year of manufacture
1.2 1.3 2.1 A
2.2
B D
2.3
E F G H L M N P
Q
2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800222800.tif
Cab identification data plate A) Name of manufacturer. B) Model C) Serial number
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2
A
6.1 6.2 6.3 B
C IDM-43800222900.tif
7.2
Cab type approval data plate Name of manufacturer. Cab model Serial number Tractor model CEE type approval number
8.1 8.2
IDM-C143800201.fm
A) B) C) D) E)
7.1
8.3 8.4 A
8.5
E
B C
9.1 9.2
D
A IDM-43800223000.tif
11/2003
chap. 01 - 3
INTRODUCTION
1
1.1
1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4
General safety standards Hazard situations are liable to arise in any workplace. In certain conditions these can cause individuals to be placed at risk, as well as leading to economic losses. To prevent problems occurring, abide by the following instructions. – Be certain to read the instructions given in the manual and those applied directly to the machine, being especially careful to observe safety warnings. Time taken to read directions and warnings can prevent regrettable accidents. It is always too late to remember what should have been done, once an accident has happened. – The procedures indicated in the manual have been tested and selected by the manufacturer’s own technicians, and should therefore be considered as the prescribed operating methods for this machine. Certain procedures are performed with the aid of special tools designed to simplify the tasks and reduce job times. – Always ensure the machine is kept in good running order by carrying out repairs without delay when faults or malfunctions occur. Continuing to use the machine when less than fully efficient can worsen any damage, and this in turn will steadily jeopardize safety requirements, besides causing more serious economic losses. Operating procedures: reminders – Before commencing any kind of work on any assembly of the machine, clean the area thoroughly, removing all encrusted soil, dirt and accumulated grease. – Whatever the operation, always disconnect the battery before starting. – Do not use inflammable liquids (petrol, fuel oil, etc) to degrease or wash down components. Use suitable proprietary cleaners. – Clean all disassembled mechanical components thoroughly, using suitable proprietary compounds. Check the integrity of single parts, inspecting for wear, seizure, cracks and/or defects that could jeopardize smooth operation. – Check the integrity of moving parts (bearings, gears, shafts, etc.) and replace the associated oil seals whenever overhauls and/or repairs are undertaken. – Certain components (bevel gear pair) must be replaced as complete assemblies, as indicated in the parts catalogue. – Replace worn parts with genuine spares only.
8.5
Avoid problems by observing the following directions.
9.1
Shaft seals – Clean the shaft thoroughly and make certain it is not damaged, scored or ovalized at the areas in contact with the seals. – Lubricate the lips of the seals, and make certain they are positioned facing in the right direction. Seals
9.2 A
11/2003
– Work must be carried out in suitable surroundings and using proper equipment and tools, kept in good condition. – Components presenting excessive wear should be discarded, and genuine replacement parts fitted. Use the oils and greases specified by the manufacturer. – Do not release pollutant materials into the environment. Dispose of all such materials in compliance with statutory regulations. – Do not keep the engine running in enclosed or unventilated spaces; where necessary, take all precautions to prevent any localized accumulation of exhaust gases. – Wear protective clothing and personal safety equipment as prescribed by statutory regulations pertinent to the workplace, and as indicated in the manual. – The help of one or two assistants may be necessary for certain operations. In these cases, make every effort to train such helpers and ensure they are appropriately informed as to the type of work involved, so as not to jeopardize their health and safety. – Do not line up centres for drilling by touch. Use the proper special tools (drill guides, templates). – Always hold naked flames at a safe distance to avoid the risk of fire.
should always be refitted using the appropriate special tool. Avoid striking any seal directly with a hammer. – Take care not to damage the seals when reassembling the shaft. O-rings – Lubricate the O-ring and locate it in its groove. Make certain that the O-ring does not roll when the shaft is reassembled. Bearings – Always remove bearings with the proper pulling tool. Inspect bearings carefully, then clean and lubricate before refitting. Avoid striking any bearing directly with a hammer. Cleaning – Components such as gears, bearings etc. must be washed down thoroughly, though not with inflammable liquids. Similarly, do not use steam or hot water, as surface moisture is difficult to remove. After cleaning, dry the parts by blasting with air or wiping with nonabrasive cloth to avoid scoring the surface. Smear all surfaces with a thin film of lubricant to prevent rust. Tightening threaded fasteners – When assembling or reassembling structural components secured with nuts and bolts, observe the tightening torques indicated in the relative tables. chap. 01 - 4
IDM-C143800201.fm
1.2
1
INTRODUCTION TECHNICAL INFORMATION
1.2
Description of assemblies To ensure the user can find and consult the various topics without difficulty, the information in the manual is split up and presented under sections corresponding to the various structural and functional assemblies of the machine. These are listed below together with a short description. Driving position (section 2) Describes and illustrates disassembly and assembly operations for the driving position (platform, seat, column, steering, brakes, etc.). Frame articulation (section 3) Describes and illustrates disassembly and assembly operations for the central steering joint. Hydrostatic drive (section 4) Describes and illustrates removal and refitment operations for the front hydrostatic transmission and the rear axle, and disassembly and assembly of components. Hydraulic lift (section 5) Describes and illustrates disassembly and assembly operations for the lift frame and cylinders.
1.1
Driveline (section 6) Describes and illustrates disassembly and assembly operations for the driveline components (halfshafts, differentials, drive shafts). Engine (section 7) Describes and illustrates disassembly and assembly operations for the radiator and engine.
1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2
Cab (section 8) Provides information on controls, includes functional diagrams of the cab, and describes the operations of removing and refitting the cab, also disassembly and assembly of the relative components.
2.3
Systems (section 9) Provides information on the vehicle’s hydraulic and electrical systems. Hydraulic system: removal and refitment of pump and directional control valve; pressure testing procedures. Electrical system: technical data relating to main components (battery, starter motor, alternator, fuses); wiring diagram.
3.1
2.4 2.5
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM hydraulic pump
DRIVING POSITION steering wheel column
directional control valve
DRIVING POSITION seat fuel tank
ENGINE UNIT engine
6.2
radiator
6.3 platform
brake shoes
7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C143800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 rear axle
lift frame
halfshaft differential
hydrostatic transmission
HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
lift cylinder
LIFTING SYSTEM
drive shafts
battery (electrical system)
8.5 9.1
TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
9.2 IDM-43800219000.tif
11/2003
chap. 01 - 5
A
INTRODUCTION
1
1.1 Technical specifications 1.2
Standard version
1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1
6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A
Description
Tyres 23x10.50-12 (TRELLEBORG)
Tyres 23x10.50-12 (DURO)
A
2410
2410
B
795
795
C
1100
1100
D
515
515
E
1340
1350
F
975
985
G
563
573
H
850
860
L
1050-1290
1050-1290
M
1040-1280
1040-1280
N
170
180
P
1875
1885
S
488
488
T
310
310
V
50
50
Dimensions (mm)
11/2003
IDM-C143800201.fm
6.2
IDM-43800219301.tif
chap. 01 - 6
INTRODUCTION
1 1.1
Version with cab 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 IDM-43800223100.tif
6.1 Description
Tyres 23x10.50-12
Tyres 23x10.50-12
6.2
IDM-C143800201.fm
Dimensions (mm) A
2500
2500
B
815
815
C
1100
1100
D
585
585
E
1340
1350
F
975
985
G
563
573
H
850
860
L
1050-1290
1050-1290
M
1040-1280
1040-1280
N
170
180
P
1985
1995
Q
650
650
S
488
488
T
310
310
V
50
50
11/2003
6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A chap. 01 - 7
1
INTRODUCTION
1.1 Description
Weight 1.3 2.1
K327
K333
with roll bar
with cab
with roll bar
with cab
Total (Kg)
780
910
800
930
Front axle (Kg)
485
640
485
640
Rear axle (Kg)
295
270
315
290
2.2
Permissible weight
2.3
Total (Kg)
1750
1750
Front axle (Kg)
1000
1000
2.4
Rear axle (Kg)
1000
1000
2.5
Engine YANMAR 3TNE 74C-ECR
YANMAR 3TNE 82AC-ECR
3
3
Displacement (cc)
1006
1331
Power (kW)
717
22
Max. engine speed (rpm)
3000
3000
Max torque (Nm)
62
83
Fuel tank capacity (l)
48
48
Water
Water
Type 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1
No. cylinders
Coolant Transmission Type
5.2
Hydraulic gear pump (cm3/rev)
6.1
PTO Type
6.2 6.3 7.1
Splined shaft
200
Direction of rotation
Maximum lifting capacity (with frame horizontal and centre of mass at 1 m from fulcrum) (N)
9.1
Clockwise
6100
Maximum lift angle from horizontal
8°
Maximum lowering angle from horizontal
31°
Maximum swing relative to longitudinal axis
15°
Steering Type
8.5
DIN 5482-25x22
Maximum torque (Nm)
8.1
8.4
Independent hydraulic control 1000
Front implement lift
8.3
displacement 7,9
Speed (engine at 2525 rpm) (rpm)
7.2
8.2
Hydrostatic (four wheel drive with front diff lock)
Inside steering radius (mm) R1 Outside steering radius (mm) R2 Hydrostatic steering unit
Hydrostatic, central joint steering wheel (50°) 665* ÷ 735 1775 ÷ 1845* OSPM50 PB (120 bar)
9.2 A * With wheel spacers 11/2003
chap. 01 - 8
IDM-C143800201.fm
1.2
1
INTRODUCTION
1.1 Tyres
1.2
23x10.50-12 (TRELLEBORG) 23x10.50-12 (DURO)
Type
1.3
245
Width (mm) Inflation pressure (under normal conditions)
0,1 - 0,12 Mpa (1 - 1,2 bar)
Inflation pressure (full load)
0,18 - 0,2 Mpa (1,8 - 2 bar)
2.1 2.2
Braking system Operating brake
mechanical, pedal operated, acting on front wheels only
2.3
Parking brake
mechanical, pedal operated, acting on front wheels only
2.4
Emergency brake
hydrostatic braking action of vehicle 2.5
Electrical system Voltage (Volt)
12V
Alternator (Volt-Ampere)
12V - 40A
Battery (Volt-Ampere/hour)
12V - 55Ah
3.1 4.1
40 A
Main fuse (Ampere)
4.2
Tyres 23x10.50-12 (TRELLEBORG)
Tyres 23x10.50-12 (DURO)
Low forward (km/h)
0÷12,68
0÷13,06
Low reverse (km/h)
0÷6,34
0÷6,53
High forward (km/h)
0÷20,29
0÷20,89
High reverse (km/h)
0÷10,14
0÷10,44
Speeds
4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1
Lubricant table Lubricant type
ESSO Unifarm 15W/40
6.2 Part requiring lubrication
Engine (Rondò K327)
3.5
Engine (Rondò K333)
2.5
Integrated hydrostatic transmission Rear axle
IDM-C143800201.fm
Quantity (litres)
6.3 7.1
10.5(2) 1,7
ESSO Unifarm 10W/30(1) ESSO Torque fluid 56(1)
Integrated hydrostatic transmission
10.5(2)
ESSO GP Grease
Grease nipples
-
ESSO Beacon 2
Accelerator cable
-
FIAT ZETA 2
Splines, couplings and halfshafts
-
API PGX 2
Integrated hydrostatic transmission components
-
TECNOLUBE POLIMER 400
Bushes
-
GISTEDA-FLÙ
Coolant circuit (antifreeze)
-
(1) Temperatures below -5 °C. (2) Complete replacement of oil in hydraulic system
7.2 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A
11/2003
chap. 01 - 9
1
INTRODUCTION
1.1 Coolant composition table 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2
Percentage of antifreeze
Operating temperature
18%
down to -8 °C
28%
down to -13 °C
36%
down to -20 °C
40%
down to -24 °C
50%
down to -38 °C
2.3 2.4 Sealant table 2.5
Type of sealant/threadlocker
Part
3.1
RTV 1473 NERO ANGST-PFISTER
Joints, gaskets, gearbox top cover, front axles, rear axles, sump, pump
4.1
LOCTITE 242
Grubscrews and couplings
LOCTITE 243
Brake drum and flange bolts
LOCTITE 270 (high strength)
Studs, nuts and bolts
LOCTITE 510
Mating surfaces, non threaded plugs
LOCTITE 603
PTO brake piston dowel
Better AREXONS
Threaded plugs, thermal probe on radiator, thermal probe on engine
Macroplast - BOSTIK
Platform floor mat
4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2
6.2
Tightening torques Indicative maximum tightening torque values Nm - kgm Assumed at coefficient of friction = 0.14
6.3 Description
7.1 7.2 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5
Tightening torques Strength class 8.8
Strength class 10.9
Strength class 12.9
Diameter x pitch (mm)
Nm
Kgm
Nm
Kgm
Nm
Kgm
M 4 x 0.7
2,2
0,22
2,75
0.28
3.3
0.33
M 5 x 0.8
5.9
0.6
7.84
0.8
9.39
1.01
M6x1
10.1
1.03
14.3
1.46
17.2
1.75
M8x1
25.5
2.6
36.3
3.7
43.1
4.4
M 8 x 1.25
24.3
2.48
34.2
3.49
41.1
4.19
M 10 x 1.25
50.9
5.2
71.5
7.3
85.3
8.7
M 10 x 1.5
48.7
4.97
68.6
7
82
8.37
M 12 x 1.5
87.2
8.9
122.5
12.5
147
15
M 12 x 1.75
82.9
8.46
116.6
11.9
140.1
14.3
M 14 x 1.5
140.1
14.30
196
20
235.2
24
9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 01 - 10
IDM-C143800201.fm
6.1
1
INTRODUCTION
1.1 Tightening torques
Description
Strength class 8.8
Strength class 10.9
Strength class 12.9
Nm
Kgm
Nm
Kgm
Nm
Kgm
M 14 x 2
131.9
13.46
195.2
19.92
222.5
22.70
M 16 x 1.5
210.7
21.5
294
30
352.8
36
M 16 x 2
199.9
20.4
282.2
28.80
339.1
34.6
M 18 x 1.5
303.8
31
421.4
43
509.6
52
Diameter x pitch (mm)
1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4
Special bolts Description
Diameter x pitch (mm)
Crown wheel/differential housing fixing bolts
Tightening torques Nm
Kgm
M 10 x 1.25
71.5
7.3
Wheel nuts or bolts
M 14 x 1.25
137
14
Hydrostatic transmission inlet valve plug
-
88
9
Hydrostatic transmission housing bolts
M 10 x 1.5
48,7
4,97
Instrument column securing bolts
M 8 x 1.25
24.3
2.48
2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
Nipples (with copper washer)
5.1
Nominal diameter
Hex wrench
M 14 x 1.5
Tightening torques Nm
kgm
17 - 19
44
4.5
M 16 x 1.5
22 - 24
59
6.0
M 18 x 1.5
24 - 27
59
6.0
M 20 x 1.5
27
59
6.0
GAS 1/4 "
17 - 19
44
4.5
GAS 3/8 "
22 - 24
59
6
GAS 1/2 "
27
59
6
5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C143800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 01 - 11
INTRODUCTION
1.1
1
List of special tools
1.2 1.3 2.1
Pressure testing kit AT 37981859
2.2
Plate, complete AT 37981915 Bracket AT 27981215
2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1
Puller AT 37981766
Driver AT 37981276 AT 37981860 AT 37981165
4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1
Pressure gauge AT 37981769 (0รท25 bar) AT 37981758 (0รท250 bar) AT 37981330 (0รท600 bar)
Driver AT 37981861 Sleeve AT 37981862
6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2
Puller AT 37981247
Aligners AT 37981863
Dial gauge kit AT 37981837
Driver AT 37981872 AT 37981880
8.1
IDM-C143800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A
IDM-43800187000.tif
11/2003
chap. 01 - 12
INTRODUCTION
1 1.1 1.2 1.3
Plate AT 37981870
Driver AT 37981876
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5
Driver AT 37981871
3.1
Driver AT 37981877
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 Seal replacer AT 37981873
Driver AT 37981878
5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1
Driver AT 37981874
Driver AT 37981879
7.2 8.1
IDM-C143800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 Driver AT 37981875
Seal replacer AT 37981881
9.1 9.2 IDM-43800188000.tif
11/2003
chap. 01 - 13
A
INTRODUCTION
1
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1
Driver AT 37981882
Driver AT 37981887
Driver AT 37981883
Driver AT 37981888 AT 37981889
Driver AT 37981884
Driver AT 37981890
Shaft retainer AT 37981885
Clutch assembly press AT 37981891
2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C143800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1
Driver AT 37981886
Torque wrench adapter AT 37981892
9.2 A
IDM-43800189000.tif
11/2003
chap. 01 - 14
INTRODUCTION
1 1.1 1.2 1.3
Puller AT 37981900
Puller AT 27981047
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5
Driver AT 37981905 AT 37981907
Puller AT 37981486
3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
Driver AT 37981906 AT 37981908
5.1
Steel rule AT 37981912
5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1
Half driver AT 37981823
Puller AT 37981894
7.2 8.1
IDM-C143800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 Torque gauge AT 37981196
8.5
Driver AT 37981865 AT 37981914
9.1 9.2 IDM-43800289000.tif
11/2003
chap. 01 - 15
A
1
INTRODUCTION
1.1 1.2
FAULT FINDING
1.3
The information described below is designed to help identify and correct any faults and malfunctions that may occur during operation.
1.3 2.1
Important!
For best results when solving problems, these operations should be performed by authorised workshops, where a general check-up can also be performed on the machine.
2.2 2.3 2.4
Braking system Problem
Cause
Corrective action
Carry out the adjustment procedure (see “Adjusting the brakes”) Poor braking Replace the shoes (see “Removing Brake shoes worn the brake shoes”) Brake drum worn Replace the drum Carry out the adjustment procedure Uneven braking Brakes need adjusting (see “Adjusting the brakes”) Machine will not move even with the Check lever and linkage action and Brake levers or linkages stuck parking brake released repair if necessary Carry out the adjustment procedure Brakes need adjusting (see “Adjusting the brakes”) Excessive brake pedal travel Replace the shoes (see “Removing Brake shoe linings worn or damaged the brake shoes”) Brakes need adjusting
2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1
Hydrostatic power steering Problem
Cause
Corrective action
Replace the pump (see “Removing and refitting the hydraulic pump”) Steering wheel offering excessive Check the setting of the steering cirresistance cuit relief valve, and if faulty, contact Steering system needs adjusting the manufacturer Oil lines not properly connected. Tighten the hose connections Hydraulic steering circuit leaks oil Seals are worn Replace the seals Air in the steering circuit Eliminate air infiltration Replace the seals (see “Replacing Machine does not hold direction Steering cylinder seals are worn the cylinder seals) when steered Steering cylinder relief valve or re- Eliminate contaminants and replace turn valve jammed or faulty the hydraulic system oil filter Top up the oil level in the steering Oil level low in power steering unit unit Machine does not steer at all Replace the pump (see “Removing Steering pump damaged and refitting the hydraulic pump”)
6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A
11/2003
chap. 01 - 16
IDM-C143800201.fm
Steering pump damaged
1
INTRODUCTION
1.1 Hydrostatic transmission Problem
Cause
1.2
Corrective action
Hydrostatic pump neutral position Machine moves off even before the needs adjusting drive pedals are pressed Pedal return movement restricted Insufficient oil in hydrostatic tranOil temperature in hydrostatic tran- smission circuit smission too high Oil cooler clogged Oil filter clogged Insufficient oil in hydrostatic transmission circuit Oil filter clogged Pressure relief valves jammed open
Adjust the pump linkage to set the correct neutral position Lubricate the drive control pedals Top up the oil level in the hydrostatic transmission circuit Clean the cooler Replace the filter Top up the oil level in the hydrostatic transmission circuit Replace the filter Clean the relief valves Check the pressure (see “Checking the hydrostatic transmission inlet Machine does not move when drive Inlet pressure too low pressure”) control pedals are pressed Excessive wear of hydrostatic tran- Check the efficiency of the system smission components and overhaul if necessary Hydraulic pump damaged Replace the pump Hydraulic pump/drive shaft coupling Replace the coupling failed Insufficient oil in hydrostatic tran- Top up the oil level in the hydrostatic smission circuit transmission circuit Oil filter clogged Replace the filter Movement of machine unpredictable Pressure relief valves jammed open Clean the relief valves or jerky, or affected by loss of power Check the pressure (see “Checking the hydrostatic transmission inlet Inlet pressure too low pressure”) Directional control circuit relief valve Adjust the setting of the valve not correctly set PTO clutch slipping Hydrostatic transmission inlet valve Clean the valve jammed The ground speed does not correspond to the selected speed and the Speed control lever associated with Detach the lever and set the swash response of the forward and reverse hydraulic motor wrongly assembled plate in the correct position pedals is inverted
1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C143800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 01 - 17
1
INTRODUCTION
1.1 Hydraulic lift 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1
Problem
Cause
Corrective action
Replace the pump (see “Removing and refitting the hydraulic pump�) Check the setting of the valve Clean the valve, and replace if neDirectional control circuit relief valve cessary jammed open Unscrew the valve, then retighten, Implement does not lift, or lift movetorquing to 20Nm ment is very slow Check the setting of the steering cirPower steering circuit relief valve cuit relief valve, and if faulty, contact jammed open the manufacturer Insufficient oil in hydrostatic tran- Top up the oil level in the hydrostatic smission circuit transmission circuit Oil filter clogged Replace the filter Hydraulic pump damaged
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C143800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 01 - 18
DRIVING POSITION STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
2
2.1 page
Disassembling the steering wheel and column ...................................... 2 Assembling the steering wheel and column........................................... 3
SEAT AND PLATFORM
2.2 page
Disassembling the seat and platform ..................................................... 4 Assembling the seat and platform.......................................................... 5
FUEL TANK
2.3 page
Removing the fuel tank .......................................................................... 8 Refitting the fuel tank ............................................................................. 9
STEERING
2.4 page
Technical specifications ....................................................................... 12 Hydraulic circuit diagram...................................................................... 12 Removing the hydrostatic steering unit ................................................ 13 Refitting the hydrostatic steering unit ................................................... 13 Removing the cylinder.......................................................................... 13 Refitting the cylinder............................................................................. 14 Replacing the cylinder seals ................................................................ 15
BRAKES
2.5 page
IDM-C243800201.fm
Technical specifications ....................................................................... 16 Removing the brake shoes .................................................................. 16 Refitting the brake shoes ..................................................................... 17 Adjusting the brakes............................................................................. 18
11/2003
chap. 02 - 1
2
DRIVING POSITION
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1
STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
2.1
Disassembling the steering wheel and column Proceed as follows. 1 -Remove the cap (A). 2 -Undo the bolt (B). 3 -Remove the steering wheel (C) with the puller (D) (AT 37981247).
screw (B) cover (A)
2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5
Important!
If the machine is equipped with an auxiliary console, this must be detached after removing the steering wheel.
puller (D)
3.1
steering wheel (C) IDM-4380020010.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3
4 -Unscrew the lever (E). 5 -Loosen the bolt (F) and the screws (G) and pull out the throttle cable (H).
lever (E)
4.4 5.1 5.2
cable (H)
6.1
screw (G) screw (F)
6.2 6.3 7.1
8.1 8.2
6 -Undo the bolts (L) and lift the column (M) away to expose the electrical connections. 7 -Separate the connectors (N - P). 8 -Remove the column (M) completely.
screw (L)
column (M)
IDM-C243800201.fm
7.2
IDM-4380020020.tif
8.3 Important!
8.4 8.5 9.1
If the machine is equipped with a rear power socket, unplug both connector (P) and the connector alongside. connector (P)
9.2 connector (N)
A IDM-4380020030.tif
11/2003
chap. 02 - 2
2
DRIVING POSITION
1.1 Assembling the steering wheel and column
cable (H)
column (M)
1.2 1.3
Important!
When fastening nuts and bolts, apply the tightening torques indicated in the table (see chap 01 - 10).
2.1 2.2
Proceed as follows. 1 -Fit the column (M) and route the throttle cable (H) through the hole. 2 -Join up the connectors (N - P).
2.3 2.4 connector (P)
2.5
Important!
If the machine is equipped with a rear power socket, reinstate both connector (P) and the connector alongside.
connector (N)
3.1 IDM-43800200400.tif
3 -Tighten the bolts (L) to secure the column. 4 -Attach the throttle cable (H) to the hand control and tighten the screws and bolt (G - F).
4.1 4.2
screw (L)
4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 cable (H)
6.1 screw (G)
6.2 6.3
screw (F) IDM-43800200500.tif
IDM-C243800201.fm
5 -Screw in the lever (E). 6 -Fit the steering wheel (C) and clamp in place with the bolt (B). 7 -Fit the cap (A).
7.2 lever (E)
8.1 8.2 8.3
Important!
If the machine is equipped with an auxiliary console, this must be reinstated before refitting the steering wheel.
8.4 8.5 steering wheel (C)
9.1
screw (B)
9.2 A
cover (A) IDM-43800200600.tif IDM-43800200500.tif
11/2003
7.1
chap. 02 - 3
2
DRIVING POSITION
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5
SEAT AND PLATFORM
2.2
Disassembling the seat and platform For machines with roll bar: 1 -Remove the steering wheel and column (see “Disassembling the steering wheel and column”).
frame (B)
screw (A)
seat (E) screw (A)
For machines with cab: 1 -Remove the cab (see “Removing the cab”) For both versions, proceed as follows: 2 -Separate the connector (C). 3 -Undo the nuts (D) and remove the seat (E). nut (D)
nut (D)
3.1
connector (C) IDM-43800200701.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1
4 -Undo the nut (F), take out the bolt (G) and remove the pedals (H). 5 -Undo the lock nut and remove the pedal (L). 6 -Detach the knobs (M) from the respective levers. 7 -Remove the split pin (R), pull out the bolt (S) and the spring (T). 8 -Disassemble the lever (V), if installed.
knob (M) split pin (R) spring (T)
knob (M)
knob (M)
pin (S)
Important!
6.2 6.3
lever (V)
If the machine is equipped with a pipelines guard, this must be removed.
7.1 7.2 8.1
8.3 pedal (L)
8.4
nut (F)
screw (G)
8.5 9.1 pedal (H)
9.2 A
IDM-43800200801.tif
11/2003
chap. 02 - 4
IDM-C243800201.fm
8.2
DRIVING POSITION
2 1.1
For machines with “road lights kit�: 9 -Remove the plate (X). 10-Detach the headlight connectors. 11-Undo the bolts (Y) and remove the bracket (Z).
1.2
support (Z)
1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3
screw (Y)
2.4 2.5 3.1
support (X) IDM-43800224100.tif
12-Disconnect the socket (N). 13-Undo the bolts (P) and remove the platform (Q).
socket (N)
4.1 4.2 4.3
platform (Q)
4.4 5.1 5.2
screw (P)
6.1 6.2 6.3 IDM-43800200900.tif
7.2
Assembling the seat and platform shim (J)
plate (K)
8.1
IDM-C243800201.fm
Important!
When fastening nuts and bolts, apply the tightening torques indicated in the table (see chap 01 - 10). For machines with cab: 1 -Before refitting the platform, check that the plate (K) is located with the wider half innermost and that the shims (J) are positioned as illustrated.
7.1
8.2 8.3 8.4 shim (J)
8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800227100.tif
11/2003
chap. 02 - 5
DRIVING POSITION
2
1.1 1.2 1.3
For both versions, proceed as follows: 2 -Fit the platform (Q) to the frame and secure with the bolts (P). 3 -Connect the socket (N).
socket (N)
platform (Q)
2.1 2.2 2.3
screw (P)
2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800200900.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3
For machines with “road lights kit�: 4 -Fit the bracket (Z) and secure with the bolts (Y). 5 -Reattach the headlight connectors. 6 -Fit the plate (X).
support (Z)
4.4 5.1 screw (Y)
5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 support (X)
7.1
IDM-43800224100.tif
7.2 8.1
IDM-C243800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 02 - 6
2
DRIVING POSITION
1.1 7 -Fit the knobs (M) to the respective levers. 8 -Montare la molla (T), inserire il perno (S) e bloccarlo mediante la copiglia (R). 9 -Rimontare la leva (V), se presente.
lever (V)
knob (M) split pin (R)
1.2
spring (T)
knob (M)
1.3 2.1 knob (M)
2.2
Important!
Se la trattrice è dotata di carter di protezione tubi, esso deve essere installato.
2.3
pin (S)
2.4
10-Fit the pedal (L) and secure with the lock nut. 11-Fit the pedals (H), securing with the bolts (G) and nuts (F).
2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 pedal (L)
nut (F)
screw (G)
5.2 6.1 6.2 pedal (H)
6.3
IDM-C243800201.fm
12-Position the seat (E) and secure with the nuts (D). 13-Join up the connector (C). For machines with roll bar: 14-Undo the bolts (A) and remove the roll bar (B).
screw (A)
IDM-43800200801.tif
7.1
frame (B)
7.2
seat (C)
8.1
screw (A)
8.2 8.3
For machines with cab: 15-Refit the cab (see “Refitting the cab”)
8.4
For both versions, proceed as follows: 16-Fit the column and the steering wheel (see “Assembling the steering wheel and column”).
8.5 9.1 nut (D)
9.2
nut (D) connector (C) IDM-43800200701.tif
11/2003
chap. 02 - 7
A
DRIVING POSITION
1.1
FUEL TANK
2
2.3
Removing the fuel tank 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1
screw (N) Danger!
All types of fuel are highly flammable. Do not use naked flames and do not smoke when carrying out these operations. For machines with cab: 1 -Undo the bolts (N) of the rear antivibration mounts completely, and loosen the bolts (P) of the front mounts.
screw (P)
For machines with roll bar: 1 -Undo the bolts (A) and remove the roll bar (B).
4.1 4.2 frame (B)
4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 screw (A)
6.1 6.2
screw (A)
6.3 7.1 7.2
IDM-43800224000.tif
2 -Loosen the seat retaining nuts (C). 3 -Loosen the bolts (D).
screw (D)
8.1
IDM-C243800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 nut (C)
9.1 9.2
nut (C)
A IDM-43800220101.tif
11/2003
chap. 02 - 8
2
DRIVING POSITION
1.1 For both versions, proceed as follows: 4 -Position a vessel of suitable capacity under the fuel hose (E). 5 -Remove the filler cap (F), then disconnect the hose (E) and drain off all the fuel.
plug (F)
1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3
hose (E)
2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800201000.tif
6 -Disconnect the hose (G). 7 -Separate the connectors of the fuel level sensor (H). 8 -Undo the bolts (L) and remove the tank (M).
4.1 4.2
hose (G)
4.3
sensor (H) tank (M)
4.4 5.1 5.2 screw (L)
6.1
screw (L)
6.2 6.3 screw (L)
screw (L) IDM-43800201100.tif
Refitting the fuel tank
7.2
IDM-C243800201.fm
Important!
8.1
sensor (H) tank (M)
When fastening nuts and bolts, apply the tightening torques indicated in the table (see chap 01 - 10). Proceed as follows. 1 -Position the tank (M) on the mountings. 2 -Insert the tank securing bolts (L). 3 -Join up the connectors of the fuel level sensor (H).
7.1
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5
screw (L) screw (L)
9.1 9.2 screw (L)
screw (L)
A IDM-43800201200.tif
11/2003
chap. 02 - 9
2
DRIVING POSITION
1.1 1.2 1.3
4 -Connect the hoses (G - E). 5 --Refill the tank with the fuel removed previously and fit the filler cap (F).
plug (F)
2.1 hose (G)
2.2 2.3 2.4
hose (E)
2.5 3.1 IDM-43800201300.tif
4.1 4.2
For machines with roll bar: 6 -Tighten the nuts and bolts (C - D).
screw (D)
4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 nut (C)
6.2 6.3
nut (C)
7.1
IDM-43800220101.tif
7.2 8.1
IDM-C243800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 02 - 10
DRIVING POSITION
2 1.1
For machines with roll bar: 7 -Fit the roll bar (B) and anchor with the bolts (A).
1.2
screw (N)
1.3
For machines with cab: 7 -Fit and tighten the bolts (N) of the rear antivibration mounts and tighten the bolts (P) of the front mounts.
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4
screw (P)
2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 frame (B)
4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2
screw (A)
6.1 6.2
screw (A)
6.3 IDM-43800224000.tif
7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C243800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 02 - 11
2
DRIVING POSITION
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4
STEERING
2.4
Technical specifications Type ................................... Hydrostatic, with steering wheel and centre-articulated frame (50° angle) Inner turning radius .........................................700 mm Outer turning radius ......................................1710 mm Relief valve setting ...........................12 MPa (120 bar)
Shock valve setting .......................... 20MPa (200 bar) Cylinder diameter .......................................... ø 40 mm Rod diameter................................................. ø 15 mm Cylinder stroke ............................................... 151 mm Turns lock-to-lock ................................................... 3,5
Hydraulic circuit diagram The machine is equipped with a pressurized hydraulic system of which the power steering and implement lift circuits are protected by relief valves unloading to a part of the circuit at a pressure of 20 bar.
This pressure added to the setting of the relief valve (120 bar) gives a value of 140 bar, the pressure at which the valves come into operation to protect the circuit.
L
2.5
B
3.1 4.1 M
4.2 G
4.3 4.4 5.1
F
E
A
D
C
H
5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 H
7.1
L
7.2 C
8.1
D
Q
A
8.3 M
8.4 G
8.5
F B
9.1 9.2
P N
A
E
Legend A) Hydraulic pump B) Steering cylinder C) Oil inlet D) Oil filter E) Power steering pressure line F) Steering relief valve unload line G) Hydrostatic steering unit H) Hydrostatic transmission L) Directional control valve M) Oil cooler N) Clutch (PTO) P) Three way valve (PTO flow diverter) Q) Relief valve (120 bar) IDM-43800201400.tif
11/2003
chap. 02 - 12
IDM-C243800201.fm
8.2
2
DRIVING POSITION
1.1 Removing the hydrostatic steering unit Proceed as follows. 1 -Remove the steering wheel and column (see “Disassembling the steering wheel and column”). 2 -Undo the bolts (A) and remove the steering unit (B).
1.2 1.3 hydrostatic power steering (B)
2.1 2.2
Important!
If the unit is damaged, contact the manufacturer before proceeding with any repair.
2.3 screw (A)
2.4
3 -Disconnect the oil lines (C) and plug temporarily to prevent any leakage of oil.
2.5 3.1
Important!
4.1
Mark the oil lines before disconnecting, so as to facilitate reconnection subsequently.
4.2
Refitting the hydrostatic steering unit
4.3
Important!
4.4
hose (C)
When fastening nuts and bolts, apply the tightening torques indicated in the table (see chap 01 - 10).
5.1 5.2
Proceed as follows. 1 -Connect the oil lines (C) to the steering unit (B). 2 -Fit the steering unit (B) and secure with the bolts (A). 3 -Fit the column and the steering wheel (see “Assembling the steering wheel and column”).
6.1 6.2 6.3 IDM-43800201500.tif
7.2
protection (B)
8.1
bracket (A)
8.2
IDM-C243800201.fm
Removing the cylinder Proceed as follows. 1 -Undo the screws and remove the straps (A). 2 -Remove the boot (B).
7.1
8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 bracket (A)
A IDM-43800201600.tif
11/2003
chap. 02 - 13
2
DRIVING POSITION
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4
3 -Position a vessel of suitable capacity under the cylinder (C). 4 -Disconnect the oil lines (D) and plug temporarily to prevent any leakage of oil. 5 -Drain the oil into the vessel. 6 -Unseat the circlips (E) and remove the cylinder (C). 7 -Inspect the cylinder to assess its condition and determine whether it should be replaced, or retained and fitted with new seals (see “Replacing the cylinder seals�).
cylinder (C) hose (D) hose (D)
ring (E)
2.5 ring (E)
3.1
IDM-43800201700.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2
Refitting the cylinder Proceed as follows. 1 -Insert the cylinder (C) through the hole in the boot (B). 2 -Couple the cylinder (C) to the mounting points on the frame. 3 -Fit the washers (F) and the circlips (E). 4 -Collect the oil lines (D).
ring (E) cylinder (C)
ring (E) washer (F)
washer (F)
6.1 6.2
hose (D)
6.3
hose (D)
7.1 7.2
IDM-43800201800.tif
5 -Position the boot (B) and secure with the straps (A).
8.1
protection (B)
bracket (A)
IDM-C243800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 bracket (A)
A
IDM-43800201600.tif
11/2003
chap. 02 - 14
2
DRIVING POSITION
1.1 6 -Detach the fitting (G) and replace the oil drained previously, filling up to the level on the indicator. 7 -Retighten the fitting (G) and check that there are no leaks.
1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5
hose (G)
3.1 IDM-43800201900.tif
Replacing the cylinder seals Proceed as follows. 1 -Remove the steering cylinder (see “Removing the cylinder�). 2 -Unseat the circlip (A). 3 -Force the gland (F) inwards using the special driver (AT 37981823). 4 -Remove the circlip (B). 5 -Draw out the rod assembly (C).
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
flange (F)
5.1 ring (A)
5.2 6.1 ring (B)
6.2 6.3
rod assembly (C) IDM-43800202000.tif
7.1 7.2
6 -Undo the nut (D), separate the piston (E) and remove the gland (F). 7 -Remove all the seals.
piston (E)
8.1 flange (F)
8.2
IDM-C243800201.fm
Important!
Clean all separated parts, ensuring that none are damaged, scored or ovalized at the areas in contact with the seals. Take care not to damage the seals when replacing.
8.3
nut (D)
8.4 8.5
8 -Fit all the seals. 9 -Refit the gland (F) and the piston (E), and lock with the nut (D). 10-Refit the rod assembly (C) and the circlips (A - B).
9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800202100.tif
11/2003
chap. 02 - 15
2
DRIVING POSITION
1.1
BRAKES
2.5
Technical specifications 1.2 1.3 2.1
Braking device
Main brake Parking brake
2.2 Emergency brake 2.3
Description
Drum brake with mechanical linkage, operated by two pedals one on either side of the steering column. Operates on the shoes of the main drum brake. The parking brake is applied by depressing the main brake pedals and locking them down with a third pedal. Applied automatically by the braking action of the hydrostatic transmission when the forward/reverse pedals are released.
2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1
Removing the brake shoes Proceed as follows. 1 -Position wheel chocks (A) to immobilize the machine. 2 -Jack up the front end and position the stand (B). 3 -Loosen the wheel nuts and remove the wheel (C).
support (B)
5.2 6.1 wheel chock (A)
6.2 6.3
wheel (C)
7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-43800202200.tif
4 -Remove the brake drum (D). 5 -Release the springs (E) using the special tool (F) (AT 37981260).
8.2 IDM-C243800201.fm
drum (D)
8.3 8.4
spring (E)
8.5
pliers (F)
9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800202300.tif
11/2003
chap. 02 - 16
2
DRIVING POSITION
1.1 6 -Inspect the brake linings (G) for wear (min 1 mm) and scoring. 7 -If necessary, disassemble the shoes (H) and replace. 8 -Clean all parts of the brake assembly (shoes, drum, etc). 9 -Inspect the friction surface of the drum to establish whether it should be reground or replaced.
1.2 brake lining (G)
1.3
shoes (H)
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5
brake lining (G)
3.1 IDM-43800202400.tif
Refitting the brake shoes Proceed as follows. 1 -Fit the shoes (G). 2 -Locate the springs (E) using the special tool (F) (AT 37981260). 3 -Refit the drum (D).
4.1 4.2
spring (E) pliers (F)
4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3
drum (D)
IDM-43800202500.tif
7.2 support (B)
8.1 8.2
IDM-C243800201.fm
4 -Fit the wheel (C) and tighten the nuts. 5 -Jack up the machine, remove the stand (B) and lower the wheels to the floor.
7.1
8.3 8.4 8.5 wheel chock (A)
9.1 9.2
wheel (C)
A IDM-43800202200.tif
11/2003
chap. 02 - 17
2
DRIVING POSITION
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5
Adjusting the brakes Proceed as follows. 1 -Back off the nuts (A) and crank the sleeve (B) to bring the shoes into contact with the drum. 2 -Depress the brake pedal (C) forcibly, so that the shoes are bedded in. 3 -Crank the sleeve (B) further to bring the shoes fully into contact with the drum. 4 -Slacken off the sleeve (B) one full turn to give the correct clearance between shoes and drum.
brake pedal (C) lock nut (A) Adjuster (B)
lock nut (A)
3.1 IDM-43800219500.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C243800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 02 - 18
FRAME ARTICULATION CENTRAL JOINT
3
3.1 page
IDM-C343800201.fm
Disassembling the central joint .............................................................. 2 Assembling the central joint ................................................................... 3 Replacing the bushes............................................................................. 4
11/2003
chap. 03 - 1
3
FRAME ARTICULATION
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3
CENTRAL JOINT Disassembling the central joint Proceed as follows. 1 -Remove the steering cylinder (see “Removing the cylinder�). 2 -Position stands (A) under the rear end of the machine to ensure stability. 3 -Position stands (B) under the front end of the machine. 4 -Locate the shim (C) to ensure the machine remains stable.
3.1
shim (C)
2.4 support (B)
2.5
support (A)
3.1
IDM-43800202600.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3
5 -Remove the hose retainer (D). 6 -Remove the hose clips. 7 -Undo the screw (E) of the bottom universal joint.
4.4 support (D)
5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3
screw (E)
7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-43800202700.tif
8 -Unseat the circlip (F), remove the pin (G) and draw out the pivots (H L).
pin (L) ring (F)
pin (G)
IDM-C343800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2
pin (H)
A IDM-43800202800.tif
11/2003
chap. 03 - 2
FRAME ARTICULATION
3 1.1
9 -Distance the front end of the machine to allow removal of the universal joints.
1.2 1.3
Important!
Mark the parts of the universal joint to ensure refitment in the same position; to avoid damage, ensure hydraulic hoses are not pulled taut when separating the two ends. 10-Inspect the bushes (M) for wear, and replace if necessary (see “Replacing the bushes�).
2.1 bush (M)
2.2 2.3 2.4 bush (M)
2.5 3.1 IDM-43800202900.tif
Assembling the central joint Proceed as follows. 1 -Clean all disassembled parts and ensure they are not damaged. Grease the pivots and their sockets. 2 -Grease the coupling shafts of the universal joint. 3 -Draw the front end of the machine close to the rear end. 4 -Refit the universal joint (N) to the respective shafts.
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2
universal joint (N)
6.3 IDM-43800203000.tif
7.1
IDM-C343800201.fm
7.2 5 -Line up the coupling holes to allow insertion of the aligners (P - Q) (AT 37981863). 6 -Remove the aligner (P) and insert the pivot (L). 7 -Remove the aligner (Q) and insert the pivot (H).
pin (P)
8.1
pin (L)
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 pin (Q)
pin (H)
A IDM-43800203100.tif
11/2003
chap. 03 - 3
3
FRAME ARTICULATION
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1
8 -Locate the pins (G). 9 -Fit the circlips (F). 10-Use the sleeve (S) (AT 37981862) and driver (R) (AT 37981261) to seat the circlip in its groove. 11-Tighten the screw (E) to lock the lower universal joint.
2.2 2.3 2.4
pin (G)
driver (R) Important!
The tip of the screw (E) must locate in the groove on the shaft.
screw (E) bush (S)
2.5
ring (F)
3.1
IDM-43800203200.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
12-Remove the shim (C) and the stands (A - B). 13-Fit the hose retainer (D). 14-Fit the hose clips. 15-Fit the steering cylinder (see “Refitting the cylinder”). support (D)
5.1
support (B)
5.2 shim (C)
6.1 6.2
support (B)
6.3
support (A)
7.1
8.1 8.2 8.3
Replacing the bushes Proceed as indicated 1 -Disassemble the central joint (see “Disassembling the central joint”). 2 -Remove the bushes (A - B - C) using the puller (D) (AT 37981900).
puller (D)
IDM-C343800201.fm
7.2
IDM-43800203300.tif
bush (A) bush (B)
8.4 8.5 9.1
bush (C)
9.2 A IDM-43800220200.tif
11/2003
chap. 03 - 4
FRAME ARTICULATION
3 1.1
3 -Replace the bushes with new parts, being certain to grease before fitting. 4 -Locate the first bush (B), using the relative driver (E) (AT 37981906). 5 -Locate the remaining bushes (A C), using the relative driver (F) (AT 37981905). 6 -Assemble the central joint (see “Assembling the central joint�).
1.2 driver (E)
1.3 driver (F)
2.1 bush (B)
2.2
bush (A)
2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1
bush (C) IDM-43800220300.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C343800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 03 - 5
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION FRONT END TRANSMISSION
4
4.1 page
Technical specifications ......................................................................... 2 Efficiency curves .................................................................................... 2 Removing the front end transmission..................................................... 3 Refitting the front end transmission........................................................ 6 Setting the neutral position adjuster..................................................... 10
REAR AXLE
4.2 page
Removing the rear axle ........................................................................ 11 Refitting the rear axle ........................................................................... 12 Replacing the bushes........................................................................... 14
HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION HOUSING
4.3 page
Removing the housing ......................................................................... 16 Refitting the housing ............................................................................ 17
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
4.4
IDM-C443800201.fm
page
Disassembling the cover and cylinder barrels...................................... 19 Disassembling the clutch (first version)................................................ 21 Disassembling the clutch (second version).......................................... 23 Disassembling the swash plates .......................................................... 25 Disassembling the cover ...................................................................... 25 Disassembling the cylinder barrels ...................................................... 26 Removing the PTO shaft...................................................................... 27 Removing the front axle ....................................................................... 27 Disassembling the housing components.............................................. 29 Disassembling the rear axle................................................................. 30 Preassembling the components........................................................... 32 Assembling the PTO shaft and bevel pinion ........................................ 33 Assembling the front halfshafts ............................................................ 34 Preassembling the clutch (first version) ............................................... 36 Preassembling the clutch (second version) ......................................... 37 Assembling the swash plates............................................................... 38 Assembling the hydraulic pump clutch................................................. 40 Preassembling the cylinder barrels ...................................................... 42 Assembling the cylinder barrels ........................................................... 43 Preassembling the cover...................................................................... 44 Completing assembly of the cover ....................................................... 46 Check for oil-tightness.......................................................................... 46 Assembling the rear axle...................................................................... 47
11/2003
chap. 04 - 1
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4
FRONT END TRANSMISSION
4
4.1
Technical specifications Transmission ratio between hydraulic motor shaft and wheels.......................14.9:1 Transmission ratio between hydraulic motor shaft and output to rear power train .........3.06:1 Maximum static torque transmissible at PTO....................................... 200 Nm Maximum braking torque at PTO brake ......... 16.8 Nm Max displacement (pump)....................... 20.8 cm3/rev Max displacement (motor).......................... 32 cm3/rev Maximum swash angle (pump) ........................... ± 17°
Maximum swash angle (motor) .............................. 20° Number of pistons (pump)......................................... 9 Number of pistons (motor)......................................... 9 Relief valve setting .......................... 30 MPa (300 bar) Charge pressure (engine at 1000 rpm) ........................ 1.2 MPa (12 bar) Charge pressure (engine at 2600 rpm) ........................ 1.6 MPa (16 bar) Charge pump displacement (gear pump)..................................................... 7.9 cm3
2.5 3.1 4.1
Efficiency curves
4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2
6.2 6.3
efficiency
6.1
7.1 7.2 8.1
8.3
IDM-C443800201.fm
8.2 pressure (bar)
8.4 8.5
volumetric efficiency mechanical efficiency overall efficiency
9.1 9.2 A
IDM-43800218500.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 2
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4 1.1
Removing the front end transmission Important!
The transmission needs to be removed only if gears or shafts require attention, or in the event of a complete overhaul. To carry out work on the hydrostatic transmission, it will be sufficient to detach the relative housing (see chap 04 - 16). To remove the transmission completely, proceed as follows. 1 -Remove the steering wheel and column (see “Disassembling the steering wheel and column”).
2 -Remove the platform (see “Disassembling the seat and platform”). 3 -Disconnect the steering cylinder (see “Removing the cylinder”). 4 -Remove the hydraulic lift frame (see “Removing the lift frame”). 5 -Remove the fuel tank (see “Removing the fuel tank”). 6 -Position a vessel of suitable capacity under the drain plug (A). 7 -Unscrew the drain plug (A) and allow the oil to run off.
1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2
plug (A)
6.1 6.2 6.3
IDM-C443800201.fm
IDM-4380020420.tif
8 -Position wheel chocks (B) to immobilize the machine. 9 -Jack up the front end and position the stand (C). 10-Locate the shim (D) to ensure the machine remains stable. 11-Loosen the wheel nuts and remove the wheel (E).
7.1 7.2
shim (D)
8.1 8.2 8.3 support (C)
8.4 8.5 wheel chock (B)
9.1 9.2
wheel (E)
A IDM-43800219600.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 3
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1
12-Remove the split pin (F) and free the differential lock linkage rod (G). 13-Detach the spring (H). 14-Remove the split pin (L) and free the brake linkage rod (M). 15-Repeat on the other side.
rod (G)
2.2
split pin (F) spring (H)
2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 split pin (L)
rod (M) IDM-43800217100.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3
16-Remove the split pin (N) and free the drive linkage rod (P). 17-Undo the bolt (Q) and free the shift lever (R). screw (Q)
4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1
Important!
Before proceeding with this step, mark the coupling position of the splined profile so as to ensure the lever will be refitted in the same position.
lever (R)
rod (P)
6.2 6.3 split pin (N)
7.1
8.1 8.2
18-Remove the split pins (S) and free the drive control linkage damper (T). 19-Remove the split pins (U) and free the neutral position adjuster (V).
damper (T) IDM-C443800201.fm
7.2
IDM-43800203200.tif
8.3 split pin (S)
8.4
device (V)
8.5 9.1
split pin (U)
9.2 A IDM-43800203300.tif IDM-43800217300.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 4
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4 1.1
20-Disconnect the oil lines and plug temporarily to prevent any leakage of oil. A1)oil lines serving external pressure ports (if installed) J) PTO clutch inlet line K) PTO clutch return line W) hydraulic pump oil line X) oil cooler pressure line Y) transmission housing return line Z1) oil cooler return line Z2) hydrostatic transmission inlet line
1.2
Important!
Mark the oil lines before disconnecting, so as to facilitate reconnection subsequently. If the machine is equipped with front external pressure ports, the connections between the oil lines and spool valves will not be as illustrated. For details, refer to the hydraulic diagram.
1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1
hose (Z2)
4.2 hose (Z1)
4.3 hose (Y)
hose (A1) hose (X)
4.4 5.1 5.2
hose (K)
6.1 hose (J)
6.2 6.3 hose (W)
7.1
IDM-43800217400.tif
7.2
21-Undo the filter mounting bolts (B1). 22-Undo the nuts and bolts (C1 - D1) and detach the frame.
screw (B1)
8.1
IDM-C443800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 screw (D1)
nut (C1)
9.2 A
IDM-438002017500.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 5
4
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1
23-Separate the connectors of the engine electrical system. 24-Fit the eye bolts (F1) (AT 37981845) and lift the frame (E1) clear. 25-Disassemble the central joint (see “Disassembling the central joint�).
2.2 eye bolt (F1)
2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1
26-Insert the sling hooks (G1), then hoist the hydrostatic transmission and position it on the bench. 27-Undo the bolts (H1) and separate the frame (L1).
frame (E1)
IDM-43800217600.tif
4.1 4.2
frame (L1)
4.3
hook (G1) screw (H1)
4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 Refitting the front end transmission
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1
Important!
When fastening nuts and bolts, apply the tightening torques indicated in the table (see chap 01 - 10). Proceed as follows. 1 -Clean all disassembled parts and ensure they are not damaged. 2 -Grease the coupling (M1) and fit to the bottom shaft (N1).
IDM-C443800201.fm
7.2
IDM-43800217700.tif
shaft (N1) coupling (M1)
9.2 A IDM-43800217800.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 6
4
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
1.1 1.2
frame (L1) hook (G1)
1.3 screw (H1)
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800217700.tif
3 -Fit the frame (L1) and ensure the drive shafts are coupled correctly. 4 -Fit the frame clamp bolts (H1). 5 -Hoist the hydrostatic transmission and offer to the mounting points. 6 -Assemble the central joint (see “Assembling the central joint�). 7 -Detach the sling hooks (G1). 8 -Hoist the frame (E1) and offer to the mounting points. 9 -Detach the slings and remove the eye bolts (F1).
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2
eye bolt (F1)
6.1 frame (E1)
6.2 6.3 IDM-43800217600.tif
7.1 7.2
10-Fit the nuts and bolts (C1 - D1) clamping the frame. 11-Fit the filter mounting bolt (B1).
screw (B1)
8.1
IDM-C443800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 screw (D1)
nut (C1)
9.2 A
IDM-438002017500.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 7
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4
1.1 hose (Z2)
1.2 hose (Z1)
1.3 hose (Y)
hose (A1)
2.1 hose (X)
2.2 2.3 hose (K)
2.4 hose (J)
2.5 3.1
hose (W) IDM-43800217400.tif
4.1
4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
12-Reinstate the oil lines: A1)Oil lines serving external pressure ports (if installed) J) PTO clutch inlet line K) PTO clutch return line W) hydraulic pump oil line X) oil cooler pressure line Y) transmission housing return line Z1) oil cooler return line Z2) hydrostatic transmission inlet line If the machine is equipped with front external pressure ports, the connections between the oil lines and spool valves will not be as illustrated. For details, refer to the hydraulic diagram. 13-Fit the adjuster (V), the washers and the split pins (U). 14-Fit the damper (T), the washers and the split pins (S). 15-Refit the lever (R), being careful to match up the witness marks made on the splines.
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1
Caution!
If the lever is not refitted correctly, it will select the wrong speeds, invert the operation of the drive pedals and seriously damage the hydrostatic transmission.
damper (T)
split pin (S) device (V)
split pin (U)
IDM-43800203300.tif IDM-43800217300.tif
screw (Q) IDM-C443800201.fm
4.2
lever (R)
rod (P)
16-Locate the linkage rod (P) and secure with the split pin (N).
9.2 split pin (N)
A
IDM-43800217200.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 8
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4 1.1
17-Refit the brake linkage rod (M), washer and split pin (L). 18-Repeat on the other side. 19-Attach the spring (H). 20-Refit the differential linkage rod (G), washer and split pin (F).
1.2 1.3 rod (G)
2.1
split pin (F)
2.2
spring (H)
2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1
split pin (L)
rod (M) IDM-43800217100.tif
21-Fit the wheel (E) and tighten the wheel nuts. 22-Jack up the machine, remove the stand (C) and the shim (D), and lower the wheels to the floor.
4.1 4.2
shim (D)
4.3 4.4 5.1
support (C)
5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3
wheel (E)
IDM-C443800201.fm
IDM-43800219600.tif
23-Screw in the drain plug (A) and replace the oil drained previously, filling up to the level on the indicator. 24-Refit the fuel tank (see “Refitting the fuel tank”). 25-Refit the hydraulic lift frame (see “Refitting the lift frame”). 26-Connect the steering cylinder (see “Refitting the cylinder”). 27-Refit the platform (see Assembling the seat and platform”). 28-Refit the steering wheel and column (see “Assembling the steering wheel and column”).
7.1 7.2 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1
plug (A)
9.2 A IDM-438002004600.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 9
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5
Setting the neutral position adjuster This adjustment is needed to ensure that the machine does not creep when the engine is running, with no pedals depressed. This condition is obtained when the pump of the hydrostatic transmission is in the neutral position. To make the adjustment, proceed as follows. Taking up end float 1 -Remove the split pins (A) and the pivot (B), and detach the adjuster (C). 2 -Clamp the adjuster (C) in a vice. 3 -Lock the rod (E) against rotation and turn the nut (D) to eliminate end float.
split pin (A) pin (B)
device (C)
nut (D)
3.1 rod (E) IDM-43800218000.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2
Important!
End float is eliminated only in a predetermined and exact position; accordingly, if the nut (D) is too tight or too slack, there will be a degree of end float. Finding the neutral position of the pump 1 -Refit the device (C). 2 -Start up the engine and, without depressing the pedals, check that there is no uncontrolled movement. 3 -If the adjustment is not correct, slacken the lock nut (F) and turn the rod (E) one way or the other, as appropriate, so as to find the point at which the machine remains stationary. 4 -Retighten the lock nut (F) when done.
rod (E) lock nut (F)
IDM-43800218100.tif
8.1
IDM-C443800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 04 - 10
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
REAR AXLE
4
4.2
Removing the rear axle Proceed as follows. 1 -Position a vessel of suitable capacity under the drain plug (A). 2 -Unscrew the filler plug (P), then the drain plug (A), and allow the oil to run off.
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1
plug (P)
2.2 2.3
plug (A)
2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800204700.tif
3 -Position wheel chocks (B) to immobilize the machine. 4 -Jack up the rear end and position the stand (C). 5 -Loosen the wheel nuts and remove the wheels (D).
4.1 4.2
wheel chock (B)
4.3
wheel (D)
4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 support (C)
6.3 IDM-438002018200.tif
6 -Remove the battery (see “Removing the battery�). 7 -Undo the bolts (E) and remove the battery shelf (F).
7.1 7.2
support (F)
8.1
IDM-C443800201.fm
8.2 Important!
If the machine is equipped with a rear joint, this must be removed after detaching the battery shelf.
screw (E)
8.3
screw (E)
8.4
8 -Unseat the circlip (G) and disconnect the axle (H).
8.5 9.1 axle (H)
9.2 ring (G)
A IDM-43800218300.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 11
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4
1.1 1.2
9 -Sling the rear axle to a hoist so that it can be safely supported during the separation step.
1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800218400.tif
4.1 4.2
Refitting the rear axle coupling (N) Important!
4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3
When fastening nuts and bolts, apply the tightening torques indicated in the table (see chap 01 - 10). Proceed as follows. 1 -Clean all disassembled parts and ensure they are not damaged. 2 -Grease the extension (L) and coupling (N) before assembling with the shaft. 3 -Hoist the rear axle (H), connect it to the engine and couple the drive shafts.
housing (L)
axle (H)
7.1
IDM-43800218600.tif
7.2
ring (G) Important!
8.1
Before coupling the shafts, position the circlip (G). IDM-C443800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800219900.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 12
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4 1.1
4 -Locate the circlip (G) in its seat to lock the axle (H).
support (F)
1.2 1.3
Important!
If the machine is equipped with a rear joint, this must be refitted after positioning the circlip.
2.1
screw (E) screw (E)
2.2
5 -Refit the battery shelf (F) and secure with the bolts (E). 6 -Fit the battery (see “Installing the battery�).
2.3 2.4 axle (H)
2.5 3.1
ring (G) IDM-43800218300.tif
7 -Fit the wheels (D) and tighten the wheel nuts. 8 -Jack up the machine, remove the stand (C) and lower the wheels to the floor.
4.1 4.2
wheel chock (B)
4.3
wheel (D)
4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 support (C)
6.3 IDM-438002018200.tif
9 -Screw in the drain plug (A) and replace the oil drained previously, filling up to the level on the indicator. 10-Tighten the filler plug (P) and check for leaks.
7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C443800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 plug (P)
8.5 9.1
plug (A)
9.2 A IDM-43800205200.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 13
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2
Replacing the bushes Proceed as follows. 1 -Separate the rear axle (see “Removing the rear axle”). 2 -Undo the screws and remove the straps (A). 3 -Remove the boot (B). 4 -Undo the screw (C) of the bottom universal joint.
protection (B)
bracket (A)
bracket (A)
2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1
screw (C) IDM-43800220400.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3
5 -Unscrew the bolts and remove the flange (D). 6 -Unseat the circlip (E). 7 -Draw out the drive shaft (F).
shaft (F)
4.4 5.1 5.2 ring (E)
6.1
support (D)
6.2 6.3 7.1
8.1 8.2
8 -Remove the bushes (G - H) using the puller (L) (AT 37981894). 9 -Replace the bushes with new parts, being certain to grease before fitting.
bush (G)
bush (H) IDM-C443800201.fm
7.2
IDM-43800220500.tif
8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1
puller (L)
9.2 A IDM-43800220600.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 14
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4 1.1
10-Fit the bush (G) using the driver (M) (AT 37981914) in conjunction with the puller (N) (AT 37981894). 11-Fit the bush (H) using the driver (P) (AT 37981865).
bush (G)
puller (N)
1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2
driver (M)
2.3
bush (H)
2.4 2.5 3.1
driver (P) IDM-43800220700.tif
12-Refit the shaft (F) and connect to the bottom universal joint (Q).
4.1 4.2 4.3
Important!
shaft (F)
4.4
Before coupling the shaft to the joint, locate the circlip (E) and the flange (D)
5.1
support (D)
13-Fit the circlip (E) and the flange (D).
5.2 ring (E)
6.1 6.2 6.3 universal joint (Q) IDM-43800220800.tif
14-Tighten the screw (C) of the bottom universal joint.
7.2
protection (B)
bracket (A)
8.1
IDM-C443800201.fm
Important!
8.2
The tip of the screw (C) must locate in the groove on the shaft. 15-Position the boot (B) and secure with the straps (A). 16-Connect the rear axle (see “Refitting the rear axle”).
7.1
8.3 8.4
bracket (A)
8.5 9.1 9.2 screw (C)
A IDM-43800220400.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 15
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2
4
HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION HOUSING Removing the housing When the job in hand does not involve a complete overhaul of the hydrostatic transmission, but simply servicing or replacing components of the hydrostatic drive, there is no need to lift the transmission onto the bench. It will be sufficient to remove the housing. This allows all the components of the hydrostatic section (apart from the pump swash plate) to be inspected or replaced and significantly reduces the job time.
2.3 2.4
To remove the housing, proceed as follows. 1 -Remove the fuel tank (see “Removing the fuel tank”). 2 -Disassemble the central joint (see “Disassembling the central joint”). Important!
If the machine is equipped with a cab, attach the hooks of a hoist to the eyebolts so as to take the weight off the front end.
2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1
3 -Remove the split pins (A) and free the drive control linkage damper (B). 4 -Remove the split pins (C) and free the neutral position adjuster (D). 5 -Disconnect the hydrostatic transmission oil inlet line (Z2).
hose (Z2)
damper (B)
5.2 6.1
split pin (A) device (D)
6.2 6.3
split pin (C)
7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-43800224200.tif
6 -Detach the springs (E). 7 -Unseat the circlip (F) and remove the pivot (G) to free the arms (H) of the lift frame (L).
spring (E)
IDM-C443800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4
pin (G)
8.5 9.1
frame (L)
9.2 arm (H)
A
ring (F) IDM-43800224300.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 16
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4 1.1
8 -Undo the bolts (M) and separate the frame (L).
1.2
Important!
1.3
screw (M)
At this point, it will be possible to work on the components of the hydrostatic drive (see "Disassembling the cover and cylinder barrels").
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 frame (L)
3.1 IDM-43800224400.tif
Refitting the housing Proceed as follows. 1 -Position the frame (L) and secure with the bolts (M). 2 -Detach the lifting hook (N).
4.1 4.2
hook (N)
4.3 screw (M)
4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3
frame (L) IDM-43800224400.tif
7.1 7.2
3 -Fit the pivot (G), the washer (P) and the circlip (F). 4 -Reattach the spring (E).
8.1 spring (E)
IDM-C443800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4
pin (G)
8.5 9.1 9.2 washer (P) ring (F)
A IDM-43800224300.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 17
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2
5 -Reconnect the oil line (Z2). 6 -Fit the adjuster (D), the washers and the split pins (C). 7 -Fit the damper (B), the washers and the split pins (A). 8 -Assemble the central joint (see “Assembling the central joint”). 9 -Refit the fuel tank (see “Refitting the fuel tank”).
hose (Z2)
damper (B)
2.3 split pin (A)
2.4
device (D)
2.5 3.1
split pin (C) IDM-43800224200.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C443800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 04 - 18
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
Disassembling the cover and cylinder barrels 1 -Position a vessel under the drain plug (D) to collect the oil. 2 -Remove the drain plug (D). 3 -Remove the filler plug (A) and its extension. Removing the washer, the oil will flow more quickly.
4
4.3
1.1 A
1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 D
3.1 IDM-43800208000.tif
4 -Loosen the screws and remove the cover.
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3
IDM-43800208100.tif
5 -Remove the O-ring from the machined face of the housing. The Oring must be replaced if damaged.
7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C443800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800208200.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 19
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4
6 -Draw out the pump cylinder barrel (A). 7 -Take out the pistons, which will be left inside the transmission housing. 8 -Draw out the motor cylinder barrel (B), pulling the shoe retainer (C) with one hand so as to remove the barrel and all the pistons together. 9 -In the event of the oil creating a “suction cup� effect, the entire barrel assembly must be rotated manually on the shaft before it can be pulled out.
A
B
2.5
C
3.1 IDM-43808300.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3
10-Remove the four circlips and the two oil seals, which must be replaced with new parts.
4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A
11-Using a punch (A) and a plastic hammer, strike the blind bush (B) from inside the housing, being careful not to cause any damage to other components or seats. 12-Take care not to damage the machined face of the housing (C). Do not lever against the face with any kind of object. 13-Strike the bush at different points around the circumference so that it is driven out uniformly. 14-Repeat the operation for all the other bushes. 15-All the bushes must be replaced with new parts. 16-Remove the four O-rings, which must be replaced if damaged. 11/2003
B
IDM-C443800201.fm
7.2
IDM-43800208400.tif
C A
IDM-43800208500.tif
chap. 04 - 20
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4 1.1
Disassembling the clutch (first version) 1 -Undo the bolts of the flat cover. 2 -Remove the cover, and clean the silicone sealant from the machined face of the housing.
1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800208600.tif
3 -Detach the gear pump. 4 -Remove the coupling (A). 5 -Undo the cover screws. 6 -Remove the cover, and clean the silicone sealant from the machined face of the housing. 7 -Remove the circlip (B).
4.1 4.2
B
4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 A
6.2 6.3
IDM-C443800201.fm
IDM-43800208700.tif
8 -Remove the following parts, in sequence: screws (A), outer friction disc (H), brake piston (I), springs (B) and spacers (C). Separate the O-rings (D) and (G) from the cover (E) using a plastic screwdriver. 9 -Disassemble the slipper rings (F), (L) from the cover (E) and from the brake piston (I).
7.1 7.2
L
I
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 H
G
F
9.1
E
D C
B
9.2
A
A IDM-438008800.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 21
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3
10-Unseat the circlip and remove the cylinder (A) and piston (B); if the cylinder (A) cannot be removed without assistance, use two M4 jacking screws fitted to the holes provided. 11-If necessary, use a puller to remove the piston (B). 12-Disassemble the one external and the two internal O-rings.
B
2.4 A
2.5 3.1
IDM-43800208900.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
13-Remove the circlip (C). 14-Draw out the clutch assembly. 15-Remove the needle bearing (B) and the bronze thrust washer (A), if necessary.
A B
5.1 5.2 6.1 C
6.2 6.3 7.1
8.1 8.2
16-Remove the following parts, in sequence: abutment ring (A), inner friction disc (B), outer friction disc (C), belleville disc (D)...... sleeve (E), shaft abutment rings (F), reaction disc (G), abutment ring (H).
E
B D C
8.3 8.4
H G F D C B A
8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800209100.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 22
IDM-C443800201.fm
7.2
IDM-43800209000.tif
4
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
1.1 Disassembling the clutch (second version) 1 -Undo the bolts of the flat cover. 2 -Remove the cover, and clean the silicone sealant from the machined face of the housing.
1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800208600.tif
3 -Detach the gear pump. 4 -Remove the coupling (A). 5 -Undo the cover screws. 6 -Remove the cover, and clean the silicone sealant from the machined face of the housing. 7 -Remove the circlip (B).
4.1 4.2
B
4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 A
6.2 6.3
IDM-C443800201.fm
IDM-43800208700.tif
7.1 7.2
8 -Remove the following parts, in sequence: abutment ring (A), spacer (B), O-ring (C), spacer (D), O-ring (C), cover (E), O-ring (F), O-ring (H), friction disc (I), brake piston (L), springs (M), divider (N), spring seat washer (O) and circlip (P).
8.1 L
I
H
F
8.2
E
8.3 P
O
N
8.4
M
8.5 C B A
9.1 9.2
C D
A IDM-43800209200.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 23
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3
9 -Unseat the circlip and remove the cylinder (A) and piston (B); if the cylinder (A) cannot be removed without assistance, use two M4 jacking screws fitted to the holes provided. 10-If necessary, use a puller to remove the piston (B). 11-Disassemble the one external and the two internal O-rings.
B
2.4 A
2.5 3.1
IDM-43800209300.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
12-Remove the circlip (C). 13-Draw out the clutch assembly. 14-Remove the needle bearing (B) and the bronze thrust washer (A), if necessary.
A B
5.1 5.2 6.1 C
6.2 6.3 7.1
8.1 8.2
15-Remove the following parts, in sequence: abutment ring (A), inner friction disc (B), outer friction disc (C), belleville disc (D)...... sleeve (E), reaction disc (F), abutment ring (G).
B D C
8.3 8.4 G
F
E
D C B A
8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800209400.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 24
IDM-C443800201.fm
7.2
IDM-43800209000.tif
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4 1.1
Disassembling the swash plates 1.2 Important!
1.3
Before proceeding, mark the angled position of the swash plates to facilitate refitment subsequently.
2.1
1 -Draw the motor swash plate and shaft from the housing, being careful not to cause any damage to other components or seats. 2 -Separate the shaft from the swash plate. 3 -Remove the anti-friction washer and dowel if necessary.
2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800209500.tif
4 -Draw the pump swash plate and shaft from the housing, being careful not to cause any damage to other components or seats. 5 -Separate the shaft from the swash plate. 6 -Remove the anti-friction washer and dowel if necessary. 7 -Reposition the bearing in its seat, if dislodged. 8 -Clean grease and oil from all components.
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3
IDM-C443800201.fm
IDM-4380029600.tif
7.1 7.2
Disassembling the cover 1 -Remove the valve plates, clean off oil and grease. 2 -Remove the two needle bearings from the cover, using a puller only if absolutely necessary. 3 -Discard the needle bearings if damaged.
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800209700.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 25
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4
1.1 1.2
4 -Unscrew the inlet valve and disassemble, being careful to note the sequence of the parts.
1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800209800.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3
5 -Unscrew the two relief valves. 6 -Discard the valves if damaged. 7 -Unseat the circlip. 8 -Remove the oil seal if damaged.
4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1
8.1 8.2
Disassembling the cylinder barrels 1 -Take hold of the shoe retainer and draw the pistons from the barrel. 2 -Separate the pistons from the shoe retainer. IDM-C443800201.fm
7.2
IDM-4380029900.tif
8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800210000.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 26
4
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
1.1 3 -Remove the ballguide and the three pins. 4 -Repeat the operations on the other cylinder barrel. 5 -Clean grease and oil from all components.
1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800210100.tif
Removing the PTO shaft 1 -Disassemble the oil seal (A), circlip (B) and shims (C), (D). 2 -Remove the shaft (H) from the housing. 3 -Remove the gear (F) from the housing. 4 -Remove the bearing (E) from the housing. 5 -Separate the needle bearing (L) and circlip (I) from the shaft. 6 -Remove the bearing (G) from the housing.
4.1 4.2
H
L
G
4.3
F
4.4
I
5.1 E C
5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3
D B A IDM-43800210200.tif
IDM-C443800201.fm
Removing the front axle Operations on both sides. 7 -Remove the bolts and washers from the wheel hub. 8 -Remove the brake drum. 9 -Remove the brake springs (A).
7.1 7.2 8.1 8.2 8.3
A
8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A
A IDM-43800210300.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 27
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4
1.1 1.2 1.3
Operations on both sides. 10-Remove the brake shoes. 11-Remove the oil seal (A) by breaking off. 12-Unseat the circlip (B).
2.1 2.2 2.3
Important!
Be careful not to score the oil seal seat.
A
2.4 2.5 3.1 B IDM-43800210400.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3
13-Undo the bolts of the trumpet housing. 14-Remove the right hand trumpet housing.
4.4 Important!
5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2
The right hand halfshaft can also be removed without detaching the trumpet housing. In this instance the differential lock must be engaged and the lever then held in the engaged position to ensure the differential lock coupler does not drop, as this would hinder refitment.
6.3 7.1
8.1 8.2
15-Remove the halfshaft from the trumpet housing, striking with a drift and hammer. 16-Remove the circlip. 17-Remove the bearing, using a puller (AT 37981766).
IDM-C443800201.fm
7.2
IDM-43800210500.tif
8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800210600.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 28
4
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
1.1 18-Undo the bolts and detach the backing plate. 19-Unseat the circlip (G) and remove the O-rings (E). 20-20-Disassemble the coupler (A) and buttons (B). 21-Drive out the dowel (C) with a drift and hammer. 22-Remove the fork (D) and rod (F) from the trumpet housing. 23-Remove the circlip (H).
1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 H
B
2.4 2.5 3.1 G
F
E
D C
A IDM-43800210700.tif
24-Separate the differential from the housing. 25-Disassemble the shaft, striking with a drift and hammer. 26-Unseat the circlip (C). 27-Separate the bearing (B) with the aid of a puller (AT 37981766). 28-Remove the bolts (A) and detach the backing plate.
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
A
5.1 5.2 6.1 C B
6.2 6.3 IDM-43800210800.tif
IDM-C443800201.fm
Disassembling the housing components 1 -Remove the bearing (A) using a drift and hammer. 2 -Remove the expansion plug (C)
7.1 7.2 8.1 8.2 8.3
C
8.4
A
8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800211100.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 29
4
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1
3 -Disassemble the oil seal, using a drift and hammer. 4 -Unseat the circlip and remove the shims. 5 -Remove the pinionshaft, using a drift and hammer. 6 -Remove the spur gear.
2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800211200.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
7 -Separate the bearing from the housing, using pullers AT 27981047 and AT 37981486. 8 -Remove the circlips from the shaft. 9 -Separate the bearing, using pullers (AT 37981766).
5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4
Disassembling the rear axle 1 -Position a vessel under the drain plug (A) to collect the oil. 2 -Remove the plug (A) and the washer. 3 -Removing the other two plugs and the relative washers as well, the oil will flow more quickly. 4 -Undo the bolts of the pinionshaft housing, and detach the housing.
IDM-C443800201.fm
7.2
IDM-43800211300.tif
8.5 A
9.1 9.2 A
IDM-43800211400.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 30
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4 1.1
5 -Remove the oil seal (A) using a drift and hammer. 6 -Remove the circlip (B) and shims (C), (D). 7 -Dislodge the pinionshaft (H) from the housing, tapping with a drift and hammer. 8 -Separate the bearings (E), (G) using the relative pullers (AT 27981047 - AT 37981486). 9 -Recover the shims (F) and set aside.
1.2 1.3 2.1 A
C
2.2
E
2.3 F
G
2.4
H
2.5 3.1
B D IDM-43800211500.tif
Left hand side 10-Remove the oil seal (A) by breaking off. 11-Unseat the circlip (B).
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
Important! A
Be careful not to score the oil seal seat.
5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3
B
IDM-C443800201.fm
IDM-43800211600.tif
7.2
12-Undo the bolts of the trumpet housing, and detach the housing. 13-Dislodge the shaft from the housing, tapping with a drift and hammer. 14-Unseat the circlip (D) and remove the bearing (C), using a drift and hammer or a puller (AT 37981766). 15-Remove the circlip (B) and the oil seal (A).
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5
Important!
The shaft can also be removed without detaching the trumpet housing.
7.1
9.1
D C
B
9.2
A
A IDM-43800211700.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 31
4
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
1.1 1.2
Right hand side 16-Remove the oil seal (B). 17-Unseat the circlip (A).
1.3 2.1 A
2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 B
3.1 IDM-43800211800.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2
18-Remove the differential (A) from the housing. 19-Dislodge the shaft from the housing, tapping with a drift and hammer. 20-Unseat the circlip (B) and remove the bearing (C), using a drift and hammer or a puller (AT 37981766). 21-Remove the circlip (D) and the oil seal (E).
A
6.1 B
6.2
C
D
E
6.3 7.1
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4
Preassembling the components 1 -Prepare the first shaft (E) by fitting the oil seal (A), using the replacer (AT 37981873), the bearing circlip (B), the bearing (C), using the driver (AT 37981877), and the shaft circlip (D). 2 -Repeat the operations on the other shaft (F).
E
F
D C
8.5
A
B
IDM-C443800201.fm
7.2
IDM-43800211900.tif
D C A
B
9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800215200.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 32
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4 1.1
3 -Prepare the pinionshaft by fitting the bearing, circlip (B) and oil seal (A), using a driver AT37981874 and hammer.
1.2 1.3 2.1 A
2.2
B
2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800217000.tif
Assembling the PTO shaft and bevel pinion 1 -Assemble the bearings (A), (B) in the housing, using the driver (AT 37981880) and hammer. 2 -Locate the spur gear in the housing. 3 -Fit the preassembled pinionshaft internally of the housing using the driver (AT 37981878) and hammer, assembling it with the spur gear. 4 -Offer a driver (AT 37981879) and assemble the bearing (C), using a driver (AT 37981878) and a hammer. 5 -Locate the shims, and add the circlip.
4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 A
5.2 B
6.1 C D
6.2 6.3 IDM-43800219100.tif
IDM-C443800201.fm
7.1 7.2
Important!
In the event that the bevel gear pair is replaced, the pinion must be “reset� (see "Setting the front end transmission pinion ").
4.1
8.1 8.2
C
8.3
6 -Fit the oil seal, using a driver (AT 37981889) and hammer. 7 -Before fitting the plug (C), smear the hole with silicone. 8 -Insert the plug (C) using a drift and hammer (make certain the plug does not project from the face of the housing).
8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800212000.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 33
4
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4
9 -Fit the circlip (B) to the PTO shaft. 10-Position the spur gear in the housing from above. 11-Locate the PTO shaft in the housing, assembling it with the spur gear, inserting from the rear. 12-Fit the bearing (C) to the shaft, using driver (AT 37981872) and hammer. 13-Locate the shims (D) (1 mm) and fit the circlip (E). 14-Fit the needle bearing (A).
D E
C
A B
2.5 3.1 IDM-43800212100.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2
15-Bed in the shaft (B) by tapping in with a rubber hammer. 16-Check the bearing preload with a torque wrench applied to the adapter (AT 37981892), and if necessary add or remove shims (A) to obtain a value of between 0 and 1.5 kgcm. 17-Fit the oil seal (C) using a driver (AT 37981888) and hammer. A
6.1
B C
6.2 6.3 7.1
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1
Assembling the front halfshafts 1 -Fit the backing plate, applying Loctite 243 to the bolts and tightening to 2.5 – 3.2 kgm. 2 -Tap the shaft into the housing with a drift and hammer, and fit the circlip (B) in its groove. 3 -Seat the oil seal (A) using the plate (AT 37981870) and driver (AT 37981871). 4 -Assemble the brake shoes, springs (D) and cam (C). 5 -Assemble the differential housing.
C D IDM-C443800201.fm
7.2
IDM-43800212200.tif
B A
9.2 A IDM-43800212300.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 34
4
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
1.1 6 -Locate the fork (B) in the trumpet housing. 7 -Locate the halfshaft in the hole of the trumpet housing. 8 -Fit the dowel (A), using a drift and hammer. 9 -Fit the O-rings (C), using the seal replacer (AT 37981881). 10-Fit the circlip (D), using the driver (AT 37981882). 11-Assemble the backing plate, applying Loctite 243 to the bolts and torquing to 2.5 - 3.2 kgm.
1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4
D
B A
3.1
C IDM-43800212400.tif
12-Tap the halfshaft into the trumpet housing with a drift and hammer, until the bearing (C) is fully seated. 13-Fit the circlip (B). 14-Fit the oil seal (A) using the plate (AT 37981870) and driver (AT 37981871). 15-Assemble the brake shoes (G), springs (H) and cam (D). 16-Grease the buttons (E) and assemble. 17-Locate the sleeve (F) and fit the bearing, using the driver (AT 37981883) and hammer.
4.1 4.2 4.3
E G H
F
4.4
D
5.1 5.2 6.1 C
B
A
6.2 6.3
H
IDM-43800212500.tif
18-Install the differential (A) in the housing, with the aid of a hammer and tube.
7.1 7.2 8.1 8.2
Important! IDM-C443800201.fm
2.5
Verify crown wheel / pinion backlash and bearing preload (see chap 06 - 8).
8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A
A IDM-43800221000.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 35
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4
1.1 1.2 1.3
19-Apply silicone to the trumpet housing flange. 20-Assemble the trumpet housing, insert the bolts and torque to 5 – 6.5 kgm.
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800212700.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3
Preassembling the clutch (first version) 1 -Preassemble the following components on the clutch sleeve (E), in sequence: abutment ring (H), reaction disc (G), inner friction disc (B), belleville disc (D), outer friction disc (C).......... 2 -Compress all the discs to the point of exposing the groove for the circlip (A), then fit the abutment ring (A), using the special assembly tool (AT 37981891). 3 -Position the assembled discs in the clutch housing.
E
B D C
H G F D C B A
7.1
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5
4 -Assemble the slipper rings (L), (F) with the brake piston (I) and the cover (E). 5 -Fit the O-rings (G) and (D) to the cover (E). 6 -Assemble the spacers (C) and the springs (B) on the cover (E). 7 -Locate the brake piston (I) and the outer friction disc (H) in the cover (E). 8 -Insert and tighten (10Nm) the screws (A).
L
I
IDM-C443800201.fm
7.2
IDM-43800209100.tif
H
G
F
9.1 9.2
E
D C
B
A
A IDM-438008800.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 36
4
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
1.1 9 -Fit the O-rings to the piston (B). 10-Locate the O-ring in the cylinder (A). 11-Fit the outer O-ring. 12-Drive the piston into the cylinder (A) using a plastic hammer and tube, taking care not to damage the O-rings.
1.2 B
1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 A
2.5 3.1 IDM-43800208900.tif
Preassembling the clutch (second version) 1 -Preassemble the following components on the clutch sleeve (E), in sequence: abutment ring (G), reaction disc (F), inner friction disc (B), belleville disc (D), outer friction disc (C).......... 2 -Compress all the discs to the point of exposing the groove for the circlip (A), then fit the abutment ring (A), using the special assembly tool (AT 37981891). 3 -Position the assembled discs in the clutch housing.
4.2 4.3
B D C
4.4 5.1 G
F
D C B A
E
5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3
IDM-43800209400.tif
IDM-C443800201.fm
4.1
7.1 7.2
4 -Assemble the following parts, in sequence: O-ring (F), O-ring (H), friction disc (I), brake piston (L), divider (N), springs (M), spring seat washer (O), circlip (P), O-ring (C), spacer (D), O-ring (C), shim (B), abutment ring (A).
8.1 L
I
H
F
8.2
E
8.3 P
O
N
8.4
M
8.5 C B A
9.1 9.2
C D
A IDM-43800209200.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 37
4
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2
5 -Fit the O-ring (C) to the cylinder (D); fit the O-rings (B) one to the cylinder (D) and the other to the piston (A). 6 -Grease the cylinder and the piston. 7 -Drive the piston into the cylinder (A) using a plastic hammer and tube, taking care not to damage the O-rings.
C
D
E
2.3 2.4
A
B
2.5 3.1 IDM-43800212800.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2
Assembling the swash plates 1 -Grease the seat (B) of the anti-friction washer. 2 -Fit the 5 mm dowel to the swash plate. 3 -Locate the anti-friction washer, aligning the dowel with the hole. 4 -Grease the two trunnions (A). 5 -Repeat the operation for the other swash plate.
A
6.1 B
6.2
A
6.3 7.1
8.1 8.2 8.3
6 -Locate the other swash plate in the housing, taking care not to damage machined surfaces. 7 -Locate the splined shaft in the housing. 8 -Bed in the shaft by tapping with a plastic hammer.
IDM-C443800201.fm
7.2
IDM-43800212900.tif
8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-4380013100.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 38
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4 1.1
9 -Grease the seat of the thrust bearing lightly, then proceed to locate the thrust bearing (C). 10-Insert the needle bearing (D) in the housing, mounted to the PTO shaft (if removed previously) 11-Assemble the swash plate with the splined shaft, then locate the assembly in the housing with the plate at the angle marked previously, being certain to align the needle bearing (D) correctly and to avoid damaging machined surfaces.
1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5
C D Important!
3.1
If the swash plates are not refitted correctly, the wrong speeds will be selected, the operation of the drive pedals inverted, and the hydrostatic transmission seriously damaged. 12-To ensure the bushes are assembled correctly, apply a witness mark (A) to coincide with the notch on the bush. 13-The bushes must be positioned with the mark directed toward the machined face of the cover.
IDM-43800213000.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1
A
5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3
IDM-C443800201.fm
IDM-43800213200.tif
14-Locate the four O-rings in their seats. 15-Insert the blind bush (B), being careful to align the witness mark correctly. 16-Tap the bush into the seat using the driver (AT 37981884) and hammer, holding the opposite trunnion of the swash plate perfectly firm. 17-Fit the open bush over the opposite trunnion, positioning it with the larger machined diameter outermost to allow fitment of the oil seal. 18-Repeat the same sequence of operations for the other swash plate.
7.1 7.2 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2
B
A IDM-43800213300.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 39
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3
19-Locate the two oil seals and force into the seats using the driver (AT 37981886) and a plastic hammer, being careful not to damage the lip. 20-Fit the four circlips, making certain that each one snaps securely into the relative groove. 21-Tap the projecting end of each swash plate with a plastic hammer to bed in the assembled components.
2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800208400.tif
4.1
4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2
22-Check that the trunnions of the pump swash plate (A) rotate freely in the bushes. 23-Measure the torque registering at the projecting trunnion of the pump swash plate. The recommended value is <1.5 Nm. 24-If the value is too high, repeat the step of tapping the projecting end with a plastic hammer to bed in the components. 25-In the even that the bush rotates as one with the trunnion, stake the bush by striking with a punch on the mating circumferences of the bush and the relative hole, at the area denoted (B).
B
A
IDM-43800213400.tif
Assembling the hydraulic pump clutch 1 -Fit a special tool AT 37981885 to the input shaft so that it will not slip out when assembling the clutch components. 2 -Locate the thrust bearing (A) with the grooves directed toward the clutch. 3 -Locate the needle bearing (B) in the clutch housing. 4 -Fit the clutch assembly, making certain that all the friction discs are located in their slots. 5 -Fit the circlip, making certain it snaps securely into the groove.
A B
IDM-C443800201.fm
4.2
A IDM-43800209000.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 40
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4 1.1
6 -Locate the preassembled cylinder in the clutch housing, taking care not to damage the internal O-rings. 7 -Fit the circlip onto the shaft, making certain it snaps securely into the groove.
1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800213500.tif
8 -Oil the hole (D) in the cover. 9 -Smear the mating surfaces of the cover and the gear pump flange with silicone. 10-Assemble the cover, applying pressure and making certain to align the lugs of the friction disc (F) with the relative slots in the clutch housing (G). 11-Insert the bolts and torque to 2.5 3.2 kgm. 12-Locate the coupling (E), bearing in mind that the tongue ends of the piston pump and gear pump shafts must be rotated 90° one relative to the other. 13-Fit the gear pump and insert the bolts, torquing to 1 - 1.3 kgm.
4.1 4.2 4.3
D
E
4.4
G
5.1 F
5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 IDM-43800213600.tif
7.1 7.2
14-Apply a thin film of silicone around the periphery of the cover. 15-Assemble the cover and insert the bolts, torquing to 5 - 6.5 kgm.
8.1
IDM-C443800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800213700.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 41
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2
Preassembling the cylinder barrels 1 -Oil the bores of the cylinder barrels. 2 -Before inserting the pistons, make certain the shoe retainer is the right way around. The taper must be coupled with the ballguide (B). 3 -Locate the pistons in the shoe retainer.
2.3 2.4 B
2.5 3.1 IDM-43800213800.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3
4 -Insert the three pins in the cylinder barrel. 5 -Position the ballguide on the pins.
4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-43800210100.tif
6 -Oil the pistons before assembly. 7 -Assemble the shoe retainer with the cylinder barrel, locating the nine pistons in the bores.
IDM-C443800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800210000.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 42
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4 1.1
Assembling the cylinder barrels 1 -Check that all the pistons are properly seated in the bores. 2 -Check the rotation of the valve plate. 3 -Test the internal spring by pressing on all the pistons together uniformly.
1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800213900.tif
4 -Oil the anti-friction washers (C). 5 -Oil all the piston shoes. 6 -Locate the motor cylinder barrel (B) in the housing, engaging the splines of the shaft. 7 -Repeat the same sequence of operations for the pump cylinder barrel (A), which has grooves on the outer surface. 8 -Check that the two cylinder barrels are fully recessed from the machined face of the cover. 9 -Having assembled the two cylinder barrels, rotate them manually to spread the oil applied previously.
4.2 4.3 4.4 C
5.1
A
5.2 6.1
B
6.2 6.3 IDM-43800214000.tif
IDM-C443800201.fm
4.1
7.1 7.2
10-Oil the outermost circumferential edges (B) of the two cylinder barrels. 11-Smear the O-ring seat lightly with grease. 12-Locate the O-ring in its seat.
8.1 8.2 8.3
B
8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800214100.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 43
4
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2
Preassembling the cover 1 -In the event that the relief valves are damaged, these must be replaced with new components. 2 -The pressure setting of the relief valves is fixed. 3 -Screw the two relief valves into the cover and torque to 38 Nm.
2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800214200.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3
4 -Maintain the correct assembly sequence for the components of the inlet valve.
4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2
IDM-43800214300.tif
5 -Screw the inlet valve into the cover and leave the nut (A) finger tight.
8.1
IDM-C443800201.fm
8.2 8.3 A
8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800209800.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 44
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4 1.1
6 -Be careful when assembling the two valve plates: the valve plate of the hydraulic motor has two “whiskers” on the outside of the slots (A).
1.2 1.3 2.1 A
2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800214400.tif
7 -Locate the motor thrust bearing (B) in the cover. 8 -Plant the two needle bearings in the cover using a tube and a plastic hammer. 9 -Important: the two needle bearings must project 3.5 mm from the machined face. 10-Smear the two machined surfaces with a thin film of grease, then fit the two valve plates, aligning the two notches in the plates with the dowels.
4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 B
6.3 IDM-43800209700.tif
IDM-C443800201.fm
4.1
7.1 7.2
11-Insert and tighten two diagonally opposed screws at first, so that the cover remains parallel with the machined face during the assembly step. 12-Tighten all the other screws, torquing to 5 – 6.5 kgm.
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800208100.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 45
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1
Completing assembly of the cover 1 -Grease the oil seal, then position it in the seat and force home with driver (AT 37981886) and plastic hammer. 2 -Fit the circlip, making certain it snaps securely into the groove.
2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800214500.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3
Check for oil-tightness 1 -Fit the plugs (B) and (E) and washers, torquing to 3 kgm.
B
4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3
E
7.1
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2
2 -To test the oil-tightness of the assembled unit, blank off the nipples on the cover of the hydrostatic transmission with plugs. 3 -Test for leaks by blowing in air through the plug (A) at a pressure of 0.35 bar, immersing the unit in a tank, or measure any drop in pressure by connecting a gauge with full scale 0.6 bar (approx) for a duration of 10 minutes. 4 -Blast the unit dry with compressed air. 5 -Fill the housing with oil (ESSO UNIFARM 15W-40).
IDM-C443800201.fm
7.2
IDM-43800215400.tif
A
A IDM-43800219200.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 46
4
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
1.1 Assembling the rear axle 1 -Preassemble the following parts on one halfshaft (E): oil seal (A), using the replacer (AT 37981873), circlip (B), bearing (C), using the driver (AT 37981890), and circlip (D). 2 -Repeat the operation on the other halfshaft (F).
1.2 1.3 2.1 E
F
2.2 D C
B
A
2.3
D C
B
A
2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800215200.tif
Right hand side 3 -Fit the preassembled shaft in the trumpet housing, using a drift and hammer. 4 -Seat the circlip (B) in the relative groove. 5 -Fit the oil seal (A), using the plate (AT 37981870) and driver (AT 37981871).
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
B
5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2
A
6.3
IDM-C443800201.fm
IDM-43800214600.tif
Left hand side 6 -Fit the preassembled shaft in the trumpet housing, using a drift and hammer. 7 -Seat the circlip (B) in the relative groove. 8 -Fit the oil seal (A), using the plate (AT 37981870) and driver (AT 37981871). 9 -Fit the bearing (C), using driver (AT 37981883) and hammer.
7.1 7.2 8.1 8.2
B
8.3 8.4 8.5
C
9.1 9.2
A
A IDM-43800214700.tif
11/2003
chap. 04 - 47
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
4
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2
Important!
Make certain that the slot in each tension pin is oriented in the direction of the stress component. 10-Install the differential (A) in the housing, with the aid of a tube and hammer.
2.3 Important!
2.4 2.5
Verify crown wheel / pinion backlash and bearing preload (see chap 06 - 8). A
3.1 IDM-43800214800.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3
11-Apply silicone to the trumpet housing flange. 12-Assemble the trumpet housing, insert the bolts and torque to 5 - 6.5 kgm.
4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1
6.3 7.1
13-Preassemble the pinionshaft (H) and bearing (G) with the driver (AT 37981163). 14-Locate the shims (F) in the housing, then tap home the assembled pinionshaft with a hammer.
7.2 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A
IDM-43800215000.tif
Important!
In the event that the bevel gear pair is replaced, the pinion must be “reset” (see "Setting the rear end transmission pinion "). 15-Assemble the bearing (E) using the driver (AT 37981860), add the shims (D) and (C) (nominal thickness 2.9 mm) and fit the circlip (B). 16-Bed in the pinionshaft by tapping with a plastic hammer. 17-Check the bearing preload with the torque gauge, and if necessary, add or remove shims (D) to obtain a value of 0 – 3 kgcm. 18-Fit the oil seal (A), using a driver (AT 37981887) and hammer. 11/2003
A
C
IDM-C443800201.fm
6.2
E
F
G
H
B D IDM-43800211500.tif
chap. 04 - 48
4
INTEGRATED HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
1.1 19-Apply silicone to the pinionshaft housing flange, offer the flange to the differential housing and torque the bolts to 8.5 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 10.9 kgm.
1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800211400.tif
20-Fit the plug (B), torquing to 1 kgm. 21-Fit the two remaining plugs, torquing to 3 kgm. 22-Check rotation and backlash, turning the pinionshaft by hand. 23-To verify the oil-tightness of the assembled unit, test by blowing in air through the plug (A) at a pressure of 0.35 bar, immersing the unit in a tank, or measure any drop in pressure by connecting a gauge with full scale 0.6 bar (approx) for a duration of 10 minutes. 24-Blast the unit dry with compressed air. 25-Fill the housing with oil (ESSO UNIFARM 15W-40). 26-Refit the plug (A).
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
A
5.1
B
5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 IDM-43800215100.tif
7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C443800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 04 - 49
HYDRAULIC LIFT SYSTEM LIFT FRAME
5
5.1 page
Technical specifications ......................................................................... 2 Removing the lift frame .......................................................................... 2 Refitting the lift frame ............................................................................. 3 Replacing the bushes............................................................................. 3
LIFT CYLINDERS
5.2 page
IDM-C543800201.fm
Removing the cylinders.......................................................................... 7 Refitting the cylinders............................................................................. 8 Replacing the cylinder seals .................................................................. 9
11/2003
chap. 05 - 1
HYDRAULIC LIFT SYSTEM
1.1 1.2 1.3
LIFT FRAME
5
5.1
Technical specifications Maximum lifting capacity .................6100 N (620 kgm) (with frame horizontal and centre of mass of load at 1 m from lift hinge pivot) Maximum lift angle from horizontal .......................... 8°
Maximum lowering angle from horizontal .............. 31° Maximum rotation about longitudinal axis ............. 15° Diameter of hydraulic cylinders ......... 22 mm / 50 mm Stroke of cylinders.......................................... 117 mm
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
Removing the lift frame Proceed as follows. 1 -Detach the springs (A). 2 -Remove the circlip (B) and extract the rod end pivot (C). Important!
5.1 5.2
spring (A)
Repeat the same operations on the other cylinder. ring (B)
6.1 6.2 6.3 pin (C)
7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-43800203400.tif
3 -Remove the circlip (D), extract the hinge pivot (E) and detach the frame (F).
8.2
IDM-C543800201.fm
pin (E)
8.3 8.4 8.5 frame (F)
9.1 ring (D)
9.2 A IDM-43800203500.tif
11/2003
chap. 05 - 2
HYDRAULIC LIFT SYSTEM
5 1.1
Refitting the lift frame Proceed as follows. 1 -Clean all separated parts, ensuring that none are damaged. Lubricate the pivot and the relative sockets with grease. 2 -Offer the frame (F) to the mounting and locate the hinge pivot (E). 3 -Fit the washer (G) and the circlip (D).
1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 pin (E)
2.3 2.4 washer (G)
2.5 frame (F)
3.1
ring (D) IDM-43800203600.tif
4 -Fit the rod end pivot (C), the washer (H) and the circlip (B). Important!
4.1 4.2 4.3
spring (A)
4.4
Repeat the same operations on the other cylinder.
5.1
5 -Reattach the spring (A).
5.2 ring (B)
6.1 6.2 6.3 pin (C)
washer (H)
IDM-C543800201.fm
IDM-43800203400.tif
Replacing the bushes Proceed as follows. 1 -Detach the hydraulic lift frame (see â&#x20AC;&#x153;Removing the lift frameâ&#x20AC;?). 2 -Undo the screws and remove the straps (A). 3 -Remove the boot (B), distancing it toward the rear of the machine.
7.1 7.2
protection (B)
bracket (A)
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 bracket (A)
A IDM-43800221100.tif
11/2003
chap. 05 - 3
HYDRAULIC LIFT SYSTEM
5
1.1 1.2 1.3
4 -Remove the pins (C) and the circlip (D). 5 -Undo the nuts (E), remove the bolts (F) and detach the mounting (G).
2.1 2.2 pin (C)
ring (D)
2.3
nut (E)
2.4
support (A)
2.5
screw (F)
3.1 IDM-43800221200.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3
6 -Separate the pivot (H) together with the mounting (G) and disassemble the central joint frame (L). support (G)
4.4 5.1 5.2 pin (H)
6.1 frame (L)
6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2
IDM-43800221300.tif
7 -Remove the bushes (M) using the puller (N) (AT 37981900).
8.1 8.2 puller (N) IDM-C543800201.fm
bush (M)
8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800221400.tif
11/2003
chap. 05 - 4
5
HYDRAULIC LIFT SYSTEM
1.1 8 -Clamp the mounting (G) in a vice and remove the bushes (P) using the puller (N) (AT 37981900).
1.2 1.3 bush (P)
puller (N)
support (G)
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800221500.tif
9 -Discard the old bushes, and grease the new bushes (P) before reassembling. 10-Locate the bushes (P) in the mounting (G) using the driver (Q) (AT 37981907).
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
support (G)
5.1 5.2 bush (P)
6.1 6.2 6.3 driver (Q)
IDM-C543800201.fm
IDM-43800221600.tif
11-Discard the old bushes, and grease the new bushes (M) before reassembling. 12-Locate the bushes (M) using drivers (Q) (AT 37981907) and (R) (AT 37981908).
7.1 7.2 8.1 8.2 8.3
bush (M)
8.4 8.5
driver (R) bush (M)
9.1 9.2 A
driver (Q) IDM-43800221700.tif
11/2003
chap. 05 - 5
5
HYDRAULIC LIFT SYSTEM
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1
13-Grease the pivot (H) and locate in the mounting (G). 14-Fit the spacer (S). 15-Position the central joint frame (L) and assemble the pivot (H) together with the mounting (G).
support (G) spacer (S)
pin (H)
2.2 2.3 2.4 pin (H)
2.5
frame (L)
3.1 IDM-43800221800.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
16-Insert the bolts (F) and lock with the nuts (E). 17-Insert the pins (C). 18-Locate the washer (T) and fit the circlip (D).
ring (D)
pin (C)
washer (T)
5.1 5.2
nut (E)
6.1 6.2
screw (F)
6.3 7.1
8.1 8.2
19-Refit the boot (B) and secure with the straps (A). 20-Connect the lift frame (see â&#x20AC;&#x153;Refitting the lift frameâ&#x20AC;?).
protection (B)
bracket (A)
IDM-C543800201.fm
7.2
IDM-43800221900.tif
8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 bracket (A)
A
IDM-43800221100.tif
11/2003
chap. 05 - 6
5
HYDRAULIC LIFT SYSTEM LIFT CYLINDERS Removing the cylinders Proceed as follows. 1 -Remove the steering wheel and column (see “Disassembling the steering wheel and column”). 2 -Remove the platform (see “Disassembling the seat and platform”). 3 -Detach the springs (A). 4 -Lower the lift control lever (B) completely. 5 -Lower the lift frame (C).
5.2
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1
lever (B)
2.2 2.3 2.4 spring (A)
2.5 lift frame (C)
3.1 IDM-43800203700.tif
6 -Position a vessel (E) of suitable capacity under the cylinder (D). 7 -Disconnect the oil line (G) and plug temporarily to prevent any leakage of oil. 8 -Allow the oil to run off.
4.1 4.2 4.3
hose (G)
4.4 5.1
Important!
Repeat the same operations on the other cylinder.
5.2 6.1 cylinder (D)
6.2 6.3 vessel (E) IDM-43800203800.tif
IDM-C543800201.fm
9 -Remove the circlip (H) and extract the rod end pivot (L). 10-Remove the circlip (M), extract the top pivot (N) and lift out the cylinder. Important!
7.1 7.2 8.1 8.2
ring (M)
8.3
pin (N)
Repeat the same operations on the other cylinder.
8.4 8.5
11-Inspect the cylinder to assess its condition and determine whether it should be replaced, or retained and fitted with new seals (see “Replacing the cylinder seals”).
9.1 9.2 ring (H) pin (L)
A IDM-43800203900.tif
11/2003
chap. 05 - 7
HYDRAULIC LIFT SYSTEM
5
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2
Refitting the cylinders Proceed as follows. 1 -Offer the cylinder to the mounting, then locate the pivot (N), shim (P), washer (Q) and circlip (M). 2 -Insert the rod end pivot (L) to connect the cylinder to the frame. 3 -Locate the washer (R) and fit the circlip (H).
washer (Q) shim (P)
ring (M) pin (N)
2.3 2.4 2.5
washer (R)
Important!
Repeat the same operations on the other cylinder.
3.1
ring (H) pin (L) IDM-43800204000.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3
4 -Connect the oil line (G) to each cylinder. 5 -Attach the springs (A).
4.4
hose (G)
5.1 spring (A)
5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4
6 -Detach the fitting (S) and replace the oil drained previously, filling up to the level on the indicator. 7 -Retighten the fitting (S) and check that there are no leaks. 8 -Refit the steering wheel and column (see “Assembling the steering wheel and column”). 9 -Refit the platform (see “Assembling the seat and platform”).
IDM-C543800201.fm
7.2
IDM-43800204100.tif
8.5 9.1 hose (S)
9.2 A IDM-43800201900.tif
11/2003
chap. 05 - 8
5
HYDRAULIC LIFT SYSTEM
1.1 Replacing the cylinder seals 1.2 Important!
1.3
When fastening nuts and bolts, apply the tightening torques indicated in the table (see chap 01 - 10).
2.1 flange (F)
Proceed as follows. 1 -Remove the steering cylinder (see â&#x20AC;&#x153;Removing the cylinderâ&#x20AC;?). 2 -Unseat the circlip (A). 3 -Force the gland (F) inwards using the special driver (AT 37981823). 4 -Remove the circlip (B). 5 -Draw out the rod assembly (C).
ring (A)
2.3 2.4
ring (B)
2.5 rod assembly (C)
3.1 IDM-43800202000.tif
6 -Undo the nut (D), separate the piston (E) and remove the gland (F). 7 -Remove all the seals.
piston (E) flange (F)
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
Important!
Clean all separated parts, ensuring that none are damaged, scored or ovalized at the areas in contact with the seals. Take care not to damage the seals when replacing.
2.2
nut (D)
5.1 5.2 6.1
8 -Fit all the seals. 9 -Refit the gland (F) and the piston (E), and lock with the nut (D). 10-Refit the rod assembly (C) and the circlips (A - B).
6.2 6.3 IDM-43800202100.tif
7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C543800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 05 - 9
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
DIFFERENTIALS
6
6.1 page
Removing the front differential ............................................................... 2 Refitting the front differential .................................................................. 3 Removing the rear differential ................................................................ 5 Refitting the rear differential .................................................................. 6 Disassembling the differential ................................................................ 7 Assembling the differential ..................................................................... 7 Verifying sun gear end float .................................................................. 7 Verifying crown wheel and pinion backlash ........................................... 8 Differential housing bearings preload..................................................... 9 Setting the front end transmission pinion .............................................. 9 Setting the rear end transmission pinion ............................................. 11
HALFSHAFTS
6.2 page
Disassembling the front halfshaft ......................................................... 12 Assembling the front halfshaft.............................................................. 13 Disassembling the rear halfshaft.......................................................... 14 Assembling the rear halfshaft............................................................... 16
DRIVE SHAFTS
6.3 page
IDM-C643800201.fm
Disassembling the drive shafts ............................................................ 18 Assembling the drive shafts ................................................................. 19
11/2003
chap. 06 - 1
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1
DIFFERENTIALS
6
6.1
Removing the front differential Proceed as follows. 1 -Position a vessel of suitable capacity under the drain plug (A). 2 -Unscrew the drain plug (A) and allow the oil to run off.
2.2 2.3
plug (A)
2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-4380020420.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1
3 -Position wheel chocks (B) to immobilize the machine. 4 -Jack up the front end and position the stand (C). 5 -Locate the shim (D) to ensure the machine remains stable. 6 -Loosen the wheel nuts and remove the wheel (E).
shim (D)
support (C)
5.2 6.1 wheel chock (B)
6.2 6.3
wheel (E)
7.1
8.1 8.2
7 -Remove the split pin (F) and free the differential lock linkage rod (G). 8 -Detach the spring (H). 9 -Remove the split pin (L) and free the brake linkage rod (M).
washer (T)
rod (G)
8.3
IDM-C643800201.fm
7.2
IDM-43800219600.tif
split pin (F)
8.4
spring (H)
8.5 9.1 9.2 split pin (L)
A
rod (M) IDM-43800204300.tif
11/2003
chap. 06 - 2
6
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
1.1 10-Undo the bolts (N) and detach the axle assembly (P). 11-Remove the differential (Q) using the puller (R) (AT 27981047 - AT 37981486).
screw (N)
1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2
axle (P)
2.3
differential (Q)
2.4 puller (R)
2.5 3.1 IDM-43800204400.tif
Refitting the front differential
4.2 4.3
Important!
When fastening nuts and bolts, apply the tightening torques indicated in the table (see chap 01 - 10). Proceed as follows. 1 -Clean all disassembled parts and ensure they are not damaged. Make certain the two mating surfaces are suitably clean. 2 -Fit the differential (Q).
4.4 5.1
differential (Q)
5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3
Important!
Verify crown wheel / pinion backlash and bearing preload (see chap 06 - 8).
IDM-43800204500.tif IDM-4380020020.tif
7.1 7.2
3 -Apply silicone to the mating surface. 4 -Fit the axle assembly (P) and secure with the bolts (N). IDM-C643800201.fm
4.1
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 screw (N)
8.5 9.1 axle (P)
9.2 A IDM-43800205300.tif IDM-4380020020.tif
11/2003
chap. 06 - 3
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
6
1.1 1.2 1.3
5 -Fit the rod (M), washer (S) and split pin (L). 6 -Attach the spring (H). 7 -Fit the rod (G), washer (T) and split pin (F).
washer (T)
2.1
rod (G)
2.2
split pin (F)
2.3
spring (H) washer (S)
2.4 2.5 3.1 split pin (L)
rod (M) IDM-43800204300.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
8 -Fit the wheel (E) and tighten the nuts. 9 -Jack up the machine, remove the shim (D) and the stand (C), and lower the wheels to the floor.
5.1
shim (D)
support (C)
5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3
wheel (E)
7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-43800215900.tif IDM-4380020020.tif
10-Fit the drain plug (A) and replace the oil drained previously, filling up to the level on the indicator.
IDM-C643800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 plug (A)
9.2 A
IDM-438002004600.tif
11/2003
chap. 06 - 4
6
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
1.1 Removing the rear differential Proceed as follows. 1 -Position a vessel of suitable capacity under the drain plug (A). 2 -Unscrew the filler plug (L), then the drain plug (A), and allow the oil to run off.
1.2 1.3 2.1 plug (L)
2.2 2.3
plug (A)
2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800204700.tif
3 -Position wheel chocks (B) to immobilize the machine. 4 -Jack up the rear end and position the stand (C). 5 -Loosen the wheel nuts and remove the wheel (D).
4.1 4.2
wheel chock (B)
4.3
wheel (D)
4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 support (C)
6.3 IDM-438002004800.tif
7.2
screw (E)
8.1 8.2
IDM-C643800201.fm
6 -Undo the bolts (E) and detach the axle assembly (F). 7 -Remove the differential (G) using the puller (H) (AT 27981047 - AT 37981486).
7.1
8.3 axle (F)
8.4 8.5
puller (H)
9.1 9.2 differential (G)
A IDM-43800204900.tif
11/2003
chap. 06 - 5
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
6
1.1 Refitting the rear differential 1.2 Important!
1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4
When fastening nuts and bolts, apply the tightening torques indicated in the table (see chap 01 - 10).
differential (G)
Proceed as follows. 1 -Clean all disassembled parts and ensure they are not damaged. Make certain the two mating surfaces are suitably clean. 2 -Fit the differential (G).
2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2
Important!
Verify crown wheel / pinion backlash and bearing preload (see chap 06 - 8). 3 -Apply silicone to the mating surface. 4 -Fit the axle assembly (F) and secure with the bolts (E). 5 -Fit the wheel (D) and tighten the nuts. 6 -Jack up the machine, remove the stand (C) and lower the wheels to the floor.
IDM-43800205000.tif
screw (E)
6.1 6.2
wheel (D)
6.3
support (C) axle (F)
7.1
8.1 8.2
7 -Fit the drain plug (A) and replace the oil drained previously, filling up to the level on the indicator. 8 -Retighten the filler plug (L) and ensure there are no leaks. IDM-C643800201.fm
7.2
IDM-438002005100.tif
8.3 8.4 plug (L)
8.5 9.1
plug (A)
9.2 A IDM-43800205200.tif
11/2003
chap. 06 - 6
6
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
1.1 Disassembling the differential Proceed as follows. 1 -Remove the bearing (A) and shim (B), using the puller (AT 37981247) and adapter (AT 37981214). 2 -Remove the bearing (C). 3 -Remove bolts and dowels, and disassemble the crown wheel (D), thrust washer (E) and gear (F). 4 -Drive out the pin (G), remove the cross pin (H), thrust plates (L) and gears (M). 5 -Remove the thrust washer (P) and gear (N).
1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 L
M
G
N
P
2.4
Q
2.5 D
Assembling the differential Proceed as indicated 1 -Assemble the thrust washer (P) and gear (N) with the housing (Q), using the driver (AT 37981875). 2 -Fit the cross pin (H), gears (M) and thrust plates (L) and insert the pin (G). 3 -Assemble the thrust washer (E) and gear (F) with the crown wheel (D), using the driver (AT 37981875). 4 -Fit the crown wheel (D) to the housing and secure with the bolts and dowels.
3.1 B
A
C
4.2 4.3 E
F
H
M
L
4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1
Important!
Torque the bolts to 5รท6.5 kgm
6.2
5 -Assemble the shim (B) and bearing (A), using the driver (AT 37981876). 6 -Assemble the bearing (C), using the driver (AT 37981876).
6.3 IDM-43800210900.tif
IDM-C643800201.fm
4.1
Verifying sun gear end float Proceed as follows. 1 -Offer the probe of the dial gauge (AT 37981837) to the sun gear. 2 -Shift the sun gear fully into contact with the planet pinion, then into contact with the differential housing, and measure the resulting end float on the dial gauge. 3 -The movement should be between 0.15 and 0.30 mm.
7.1 7.2 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A
IDM-43800211000.tif
11/2003
chap. 06 - 7
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
6
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3
Verifying crown wheel and pinion backlash Proceed as follows. 1 -Position the differential in the transmission housing. 2 -Fit the plate (A) (AT 27981318), used to align the differential with the housing. 3 -Fit the rule (B) (AT 37981912) to the differential.
2.4 2.5 3.1 plate (A)
IDM-43800220900.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1
rule (B)
4 -Offer the probe of the dial gauge (C) (AT 37981837) to the rule (B) at a distance (D) of 93 mm from the differential axis. 5 -Check that the clearance between the crown wheel and pinion teeth, measured with the dial gauge, is between 0.15 and 0.38 mm.
dial gauge (C)
5.2 Important!
6.1 6.2
Check the backlash measurements with the rule (B) in three different positions, 120° apart. rule (B)
6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-43800222000.tif
6 -If the measurement is not within the prescribed values, the nominal thickness of the shim (E) must be increased or reduced.
8.2
8.4
shim (E)
shim (E) IDM-C643800201.fm
Important!
8.3
A variation of 0.1mm in thickness of the shim (E) corresponds to a variation of 0.07mm between the teeth of the crown wheel and the pinion.
8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800222100.tif
11/2003
chap. 06 - 8
6
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
1.1 Differential housing bearings preload Proceed as follows. 1 -Position the differential in the transmission housing. 2 -Check the distances between the faces (A) and (B) of the trumpet housing, using the dial gauge (AT 37981224), the bracket (AT 27981215) and the differential alignment tool (AT 27981318). 3 -Check the distance between the faces (C) and (D) of the housing and the differential. 4 -The difference between the two measurements indicates the shims needed to reduce the clearance to zero. 5 -Assemble shims of thickness equal to the difference between the measured values, minus 0.1÷0.2 mm.
1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 A B
C D IDM-43800212600.tif
4.1 4.2
Setting the front end transmission pinion
4.3 pinionshaft (C)
4.4
Important!
Perform this operation when assembling the pinionshaft, only in the event of the front end transmission bevel gear pair being replaced (see “Disassembling the housing components”).
5.1 5.2 6.1
driver (D)
6.2
Proceed as follows. 1 -Measure the length (A) with a gauge. 2 -Preassemble the pinionshaft (C) and bearing using the driver (AT 37981874) (see "Assembling the PTO shaft and bevel pinion").
6.3 IDM-43800227200.tif
7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C643800201.fm
bolster (G)
3 -Locate the pinionshaft (C) in the transmission housing. 4 -Fit the bearing (E), striking with the driver (F) (AT 37981878) against a bolster (G) (AT 37981879).
8.2 driver (F)
8.3 8.4 8.5
bearing (E)
pinionshaft (C)
9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800227300.tif
11/2003
chap. 06 - 9
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
6
1.1 1.2
5 -Measure the length (H), offering the gauge to the outer face of the bearing.
1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800227400.tif
4.1
4.3 4.4
6 -Proceed to calculate the nominal shim thickness (St) from the two length measurements (A - H). St = Y - A + H Y = 73 mm (without spacers K) Y = 77 mm (with spacers K)
5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2
spacer (K) shim (M)
Important!
The nominal shim thickness (St) needs to be calculated only for first version machines. For second version machines, the nominal shim thickness (St) is always 1.8 mm.
pinionshaft (C)
7 -Once the nominal shim thickness (St) is known, the actual thickness (Sr) of shims to be fitted is obtained by adding or subtracting the value (L) stamped on the head of the pinionshaft (C) to or from the nominal value (St). If the value (L) is positive, refer to Example 1; if negative, refer to Example 2. Example 1 St = 1,6 mm L = + 0,2 mm Sr = St - L = 1,6 - 0,2 = 1,4 mm Example 2 St = 1,6 mm L = - 0,2 mm Sr = St + ILI = 1,6 + 0,2 = 1,8 mm
IDM-43800227500.tif
Important!
Adjust the value, when necessary, by rounding up to within 0.05 mm. 8 -Align the pinionshaft (C) by locating a number of shims (M) sufficient to make up the actual thickness (Sr). 9 -Complete the assembly procedure for the pinionshaft (C) (see â&#x20AC;&#x153;Assembling the PTO shaft and bevel pinionâ&#x20AC;?).
A 11/2003
chap. 06 - 10
IDM-C643800201.fm
4.2
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
6 1.1
Setting the rear end transmission pinion
1.2 shim (C)
1.3
Important!
Perform this operation when assembling the pinionshaft, only in the event of the rear end transmission bevel gear pair being replaced (see “Disassembling the rear axle”).
2.1 2.2 2.3
Proceed as follows. 1 -1-Add or subtract the value (A) stamped on the pinionshaft (B) to or from the nominal shim thickness (St) to give the actual shim thickness (Sr).
2.4 pinionshaft (B)
2.5 3.1 IDM-43800227600.tif
Important!
The nominal shim thickness (St) is 0.9 mm. If the value (A) is positive, refer to Example 1; if negative, refer to Example 2.
4.1 4.2
Important!
Adjust the value, when necessary, by rounding up to within 0.05 mm.
4.3 4.4
Example 1 St = 0,9 mm L = + 0,2 mm Sr = St - L = 0,9- 0,2 = 0,7 mm
2 -Locate a number of shims (C) sufficient to make up the actual thickness (Sr). 3 -Refit the pinionshaft (B) (se “Assembling the rear axle”).
5.1 5.2 6.1
Example 2 St = 0,9 mm L = - 0,2 mm Sr = St + ILI = 0,9 + 0,2 = 1,1 mm
6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C643800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 06 - 11
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1
HALFSHAFTS
6
6.2
Disassembling the front halfshaft Proceed as follows. 1 -Position a vessel of suitable capacity under the drain plug (A). 2 -Unscrew the drain plug (A) and allow the oil to run off.
2.2 2.3
plug (A)
2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-4380020420.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1
3 -Position wheel chocks (B) to immobilize the machine. 4 -Jack up the front end and position the stand (C). 5 -Locate the shim (D) to ensure the machine remains stable. 6 -Loosen the wheel nuts and remove the wheel (E).
shim (D)
support (C)
5.2 6.1 wheel chock (B)
6.2 6.3
wheel (E)
7.1
8.1 8.2 8.3
7 -To disassemble the right hand halfshaft, secure the differential lock lever (S) in the engaged position. 8 -Remove the brake shoes (F) (see â&#x20AC;&#x153;Removing the brake shoesâ&#x20AC;?). 9 -Unseat the oil seal (G) and the circlip (H), and pull out the halfshaft (L).
shoes (F) lever (S)
oil seal (G)
IDM-C643800201.fm
7.2
IDM-43800219600.tif IDM-43800202200.tif
8.4 ring (H)
8.5 9.1 9.2 A
halfshaft (L) IDM-43800205400.tif
11/2003
chap. 06 - 12
6
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
1.1 10-Remove the circlip (M). 11-Remove the bearing (N), using the puller (AT 37981766). 12-Remove the oil seal (G). 13-Clean all disassembled parts and ensure they are not damaged. Inspect the bearing for wear.
1.2 1.3 ring (M)
2.1 2.2
ring (M) bearing (N)
2.3 2.4
oil seal (G)
2.5 3.1 IDM-43800205500.tif
14-Fit a new oil seal (G), using the replacer (Q) (AT 37981873). 15-Fit the circlip (H). 16-Refit the bearing (N), using the driver (R) (AT37981890). 17-Refit the circlip (M). 18-If the other halfshaft is being serviced, repeat the same sequence of operations.
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
driver (R)
5.1 bearing (N)
driver (Q)
ring (M)
5.2 6.1
oil seal (G)
6.2
ring (H)
6.3 Assembling the front halfshaft IDM-43800205600.tif
7.1
Important! ring (H)
IDM-C643800201.fm
When fastening nuts and bolts, apply the tightening torques indicated in the table (see chap 01 - 10).
7.2
lever (S)
8.1
Proceed as follows. 1 -Locate the halfshaft (L) in the trumpet housing.
8.2 8.3 halfshaft (L)
Important!
When assembling the right hand halfshaft, the differential lock lever (S) must have been secured in the engaged position when the halfshaft was removed. 2 -Fit the circlip (H). 3 -Fit the oil seal (G), using the driver (T) (AT 37981871) and the plate (U) (AT 37981870). 11/2003
8.4
oil seal (G)
8.5 plate (U)
9.1 9.2 A
driver (T) IDM-43800205700.tif
chap. 06 - 13
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
6
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1
4 -Refit the brake shoes (see â&#x20AC;&#x153;Refitting the brake shoesâ&#x20AC;?). 5 -Fit the wheel (E) and tighten the nuts. 6 -Jack up the machine, remove the shim (D) and the stand (C), and lower the wheels to the floor.
2.2
shim (D)
support (C)
2.3 2.4
wheel chock (B)
2.5 wheel (E)
3.1
IDM-43800215900.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
7 -Fit the drain plug (A) and replace the oil drained previously, filling up to the level on the indicator. 8 -If the other halfshaft is being serviced, repeat the same sequence of operations.
5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 plug (A)
6.3 7.1
8.1 8.2 8.3
Disassembling the rear halfshaft Proceed as follows. 1 -Position a vessel of suitable capacity under the drain plug (A). 2 -Unscrew the filler plug (S), then the drain plug (A), and allow the oil to run off.
IDM-C643800201.fm
7.2
IDM-438002004600.tif
plug (S)
8.4 plug (A)
8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800204700.tif
11/2003
chap. 06 - 14
6
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
1.1 3 -Position wheel chocks (B) to immobilize the machine. 4 -Jack up the rear end and position the stand (C). 5 -Loosen the wheel nuts and remove the wheel (D).
1.2 wheel chock (B)
1.3 wheel (D)
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 support (C)
3.1 IDM-438002004800.tif
6 -Unseat the oil seal (E) and the circlip (F), and pull out the halfshaft (G).
oil seal (E)
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2
ring (F)
6.3
halfshaft (G)
IDM-C643800201.fm
IDM-438002005800.tif
7 -Remove the circlip (H). 8 -Remove the bearing (L), using the puller (M) (AT 37981766). 9 -Remove the oil seal (E). 10-Clean all disassembled parts and ensure they are not damaged. Inspect the bearing for wear.
7.1 7.2 8.1 8.2
ring (M)
8.3 ring (M)
8.4
bearing (N)
8.5 9.1
oil seal (G)
9.2 A IDM-43800205500.tif
11/2003
chap. 06 - 15
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
6
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2
11-Fit a new oil seal (E), using the replacer (N) (AT 37981873). 12-Fit the circlip (F). 13-Refit the bearing (L), using the driver (P) (AT37981890). 14-Refit the circlip (H). 15-If the other halfshaft is being serviced, repeat the same sequence of operations.
driver (P)
2.3
driver (N)
bearing (L)
oil seal (E)
ring (F)
ring (H)
2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800205600.tif
4.1 4.2
Assembling the rear halfshaft Important!
4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3
When fastening nuts and bolts, apply the tightening torques indicated in the table (see chap 01 - 10).
oil seal (E)
Proceed as follows. 1 -Clean the seat of the housing and lubricate. 2 -Insert the halfshaft (G) and the circlip (F). 3 -Fit the oil seal (E), using the driver (Q) (AT 37981871) and the plate (R) (AT 37981870).
7.1
8.1 8.2 8.3
wheel (D) IDM-C643800201.fm
7.2
IDM-43800205900.tif
4 -Fit the wheel (D) and tighten the nuts. 5 -If the other halfshaft is being serviced, repeat the same sequence of operations. 6 -Jack up the machine, remove the stand (C) and lower the wheels to the floor.
8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2
support (C)
A IDM-438002004800.tif
11/2003
chap. 06 - 16
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
6 1.1
7 -Fit the drain plug (A) and replace the oil drained previously, filling up to the level on the indicator. 8 -Retighten the filler plug (S) and ensure there are no leaks.
1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3
plug (S)
2.4 2.5
plug (A)
3.1 IDM-43800205200.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C643800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 06 - 17
6
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5
DRIVE SHAFTS Disassembling the drive shafts Proceed as follows. 1 -Separate the frames of the central joint (see â&#x20AC;&#x153;Disassembling the central jointâ&#x20AC;?). 2 -Remove the dust boots (A), undo the bolts (B) and remove the bearing flanges (C). 3 -Pull out the shafts (D - E). 4 -Clean all disassembled parts and ensure they are not damaged. Inspect the bearings for wear, and replace if necessary.
6.3
dust boots (A)
shaft (D) screw (B) support (C) screw (B) shaft (E)
3.1
support (C) screw (B) IDM-43800206000.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
5 -Remove the bearing (F) from the shaft (D), using the puller (G) (AT 37981247). 6 -Fit a new bearing (F), using the driver (H) (AT 37981276). driver (H)
5.1 5.2 6.1
puller (G) bearing (F)
6.2 bearing (F)
6.3
shaft (D)
7.1
8.1 8.2 8.3
7 -Remove the circlip (H). 8 -Remove the bearing (L) from the shaft (E), using the puller (G) (AT 37981247). 9 -Fit a new bearing (L), using the driver (M) (AT 37981860). 10-Fit the circlip (H).
driver (M) IDM-C643800201.fm
7.2
IDM-438002006100.tif
puller (G)
8.4 ring (H)
8.5 9.1
bearing (L)
9.2
bearing (L)
shaft (E)
A IDM-43800206200.tif
11/2003
chap. 06 - 18
6
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
1.1 Assembling the drive shafts 1.2 shaft (D)
Important!
1.3
When fastening nuts and bolts, apply the tightening torques indicated in the table (see chap 01 - 10).
2.1
Proceed as follows. 1 -Grease the coupling splines of the shafts (D - E).
2.2 2.3 shaft (E)
2.4 2.5 3.1 IDM-43800206300.tif
2 -Position the shaft (D) in the housing, rotating so that the splines locate, then tap home with the driver (N) (AT 37981276).
4.1 4.2
shaft (D)
4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2
driver (N)
6.1 6.2 6.3 IDM-43800206400.tif
7.2 sleeve (P)
8.1 shaft (E)
8.2
IDM-C643800201.fm
3 -Fit the sleeve (P) to the shaft (E). 4 -Position the shaft (E) in the housing, rotating so that the splines locate, then tap home with the driver (Q) (AT 37981860).
7.1
8.3 8.4 driver (E)
8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800206500.tif
11/2003
chap. 06 - 19
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
6
1.1 1.2 1.3
5 -Refit the bearing flanges (C). 6 -Refit the dust boots (A). 7 -Reassemble the central joint (see “Assembling the central joint”).
support (C)
2.1 support (C)
2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5
dust boots (A)
3.1 IDM-4380020660.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C643800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 06 - 20
7
ENGINE UNIT ENGINE
7.1 page
Technical specifications ......................................................................... 2 Removing the engine hood .................................................................... 2 Refitting the engine hood ....................................................................... 2 Removing the engine ............................................................................. 2 Refitting the engine ................................................................................ 5
RADIATOR
7.2 page
IDM-C743800201.fm
Removing the radiator............................................................................ 8 Refitting the radiator............................................................................... 9
11/2003
chap. 07 - 1
7
ENGINE UNIT
1.1
ENGINE
1.2
7.1
Important!
1.3
For any servicing operation or technical information on the engine not covered in this chapter, con-
2.1
Technical specifications
2.2
Rondò K327 Engine ................................YANMAR 3TNE 74C-ECR No. cylinders ..............................................................3 Displacement (cc) ................................................1006 Power (kW) ..............................................................17 Max. engine speed (rpm) .....................................3000 Max torque (Nm) ......................................................62 Coolant............................................................... Water Fuel tank capacity (l.) ...............................................48 Engine oil ................................. Esso-Unifarm 15W-40 Quantity (dm3).........................................................3.5 Oil change interval .......................................... 200 h(1) Oil filter ............................................................... 10μm Filter change interval....................................... 200 h(1) Air filter element ..................................... 5” (122.5mm)
2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3
(1) First change at 50 h.
4.4
Removing the engine hood Proceed as follows. 1 -Raise the hood (A), remove the linch pin (B), extract the pivot (C) and detach the cable. 2 -Remove the linch pins (D), extract the pivots (E) and lift the hood (A) clear.
5.1 5.2 6.1
tact the engine department.
manufacturer’s
service
Rondò K333 Engine ............................ YANMAR 3TNE 82 AC-ECR No. cylinders.............................................................. 3 Displacement (cc)................................................ 1331 Power (kW).............................................................. 22 Max. engine speed (rpm) .................................... 3000 Max torque (Nm) ..................................................... 83 Coolant ...............................................................Water Fuel tank capacity (l.) .............................................. 48 Engine oil.................................. Esso-Unifarm 15W-40 Quantity (dm3) ........................................................ 2.5 Oil change interval........................................... 200 h(1) Oil filter ............................................................... 10μm Filter change interval ....................................... 200 h(1) Air filter element .....................................5” (122.5mm)
engine cover (A) split pin (B)
pin (C)
6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
Refitting the engine hood Proceed as follows. 1 -Offer the engine hood (A) to the anchorages. 2 -Insert the pivots (E) and fit the linch pins (D). 3 -Insert the pivot, fit the linch pin, attach the cable and lower the hood (A).
split pin (D)
pin (E)
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A
Removing the engine Proceed as follows. 1 -Remove the engine hood (see “Removing the engine hood”). 2 -Undo the bolts and remove the guard (A). 3 -Loosen the clip and detach the hose (B). 4 -Separate the connectors (C) of the filter clogging sensor. 5 -Undo the clip (D) and remove the filter (E).
hose (B) filter (E) protection (A)
connector (C)
clamp (D) IDM-43800207300.tif
11/2003
chap. 07 - 2
IDM-C743800201.fm
IDM-43800206700.tif
7
ENGINE UNIT
1.1 6 -Undo the bolts and remove the guards (F). 7 -Undo the bolts and remove the fuse box (G). 8 -Detach the tube (H) from the bottle. 9 -Undo the bolts and remove the side panel (L). 10-Remove the radiator (see â&#x20AC;&#x153;Removing the radiatorâ&#x20AC;&#x153;).
1.2 hose (H)
1.3 protection (F)
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4
fuse box (G)
side panel (L)
2.5 3.1
IDM-43800207400.tif
11-Separate the connectors of the engine electrical system. 12-Disconnect the fuel lines. 13-Loosen the clamp screw (N), unscrew the adjuster (P) and remove the accelerator cable (Q).
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1
adjuster (P)
screw (N)
5.2 6.1 cable (Q)
6.2 6.3 IDM-43800207500.tif
7.2 bracket (R)
8.1
protection (S)
8.2
IDM-C743800201.fm
14-Undo the screws and remove the straps (R). 15-Remove the boot (S). 16-Undo the bolts (T) and remove the flange (M).
7.1
8.3 8.4 support (M)
8.5 9.1 9.2
screw (T) bracket (R)
A IDM-43800207600.tif
11/2003
chap. 07 - 3
ENGINE UNIT
7
1.1 1.2 1.3
17-Remove the hose clamp brackets (U) and the quick coupler bracket (V), if the machine is equipped with an auxiliary hydraulics kit.
2.1 support (V)
2.2 2.3 2.4 support (U)
2.5 3.1
IDM-43800207800.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
18-Position the stand (Z). 19-Sling the engine to a hoist from the lifting points provided. 20-Undo the bolts (K) and disconnect the side panel brackets (J) from the engine.
screw (K) support (J)
5.1 support (J)
5.2 screw (K)
6.1 6.2 6.3
support (Z)
7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-43800207700.tif
21-Undo the bolts (X) and separate the engine from the flange (W). 22-Unseat the circlip (Y) and disconnect the rear axle from the engine.
flange (W)
IDM-C743800201.fm
8.2 8.3 screw (X)
8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A
ring (Y) IDM-43800207900.tif
11/2003
chap. 07 - 4
ENGINE UNIT
7 1.1
Refitting the engine 1.2 flange (W) Important!
1.3
When fastening nuts and bolts, apply the tightening torques indicated in the table (see chap 01 - 10). Proceed as follows. 1 -Clean all disassembled parts and ensure they are not damaged. Lubricate the couplings. 2 -Connect the engine to the rear axle and secure with the circlip (Y). 3 -Offer the engine and axle to the flange (W), and couple the drive shafts. 4 -Insert the bolts (X) securing the engine to the flange (W).
2.1 2.2
screw (X)
2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 ring (Y) IDM-43800207900.tif
5 -Fit the side panel brackets (J) and secure with the bolts (K). 6 -Detach the slings. 7 -Remove the stand (Z).
4.1 4.2 4.3
screw (K)
4.4
support (J)
5.1 support (J)
screw (K)
5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3
support (Z) IDM-43800207700.tif
8 -Fit the hose clamp brackets (U) and the quick couplers bracket (V), if the machine is equipped with auxiliary hydraulics.
7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C743800201.fm
8.2 support (V)
8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1
support (U)
9.2 A IDM-43800207800.tif
11/2003
chap. 07 - 5
7
ENGINE UNIT
1.1 1.2 1.3
9 -Fit the flange (M) and secure with the bolts (T). 10-Fit the boot (S) and secure with the straps (R).
bracket (R) protection (S)
2.1 2.2 2.3
support (M)
2.4 2.5 screw (T)
3.1
bracket (R) IDM-43800207600.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2
11-Screw on the adjuster (P), locate the accelerator cable (Q) and tighten the clamp screw (N). 12-Connect the fuel lines. 13-Join the connectors of the engine electrical system (see electrical diagram). 14-Fit the radiator (see â&#x20AC;&#x153;Refitting the radiatorâ&#x20AC;&#x153;).
adjuster (P)
screw (N)
6.1 cable (Q)
6.2 6.3 7.1
8.1 8.2 8.3
15-Fit the side panel (L) and secure with the bolts. 16-Reconnect the tube (H) to the bottle. 17-Position the fuse box (G) and secure it with the bolt. 18-Fit the guards (F) and secure with the bolts.
hose (H)
protection (F)
8.4 8.5 9.1
fuse box (G)
side panel (L)
9.2 A IDM-43800207400.tif
11/2003
chap. 07 - 6
IDM-C743800201.fm
7.2
IDM-43800207500.tif
ENGINE UNIT
7 1.1
19-Position the filter (E) and secure with the clip (D). 20-Attach the connectors (C). 21-Connect the hose (B) and clamp with the clip. 22-Fit the guard (A) and secure with the bolts. 23-Fit the hood (see â&#x20AC;&#x153;Refitting the engine hoodâ&#x20AC;?).
1.2 hose (B)
1.3 filter (E) protection (A)
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4
connector (C)
2.5
clamp (D)
3.1 IDM-43800207300.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C743800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 07 - 7
7
ENGINE UNIT
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2
RADIATOR
7.2
Removing the radiator Proceed as follows. 1 -Remove the engine hood (see “Removing the engine hood”). 2 -Remove the battery (see “Removing the battery”). 3 -Undo the bolts (A) and remove the battery shelf (B). screw (A)
2.3 support (B)
2.4 2.5 3.1
IDM-43800206800.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
4 -Position a vessel of suitable capacity under the drain plugs (D) of the radiator (C). 5 -Remove the filler cap, unscrew the drain plugs (D) and allow the coolant to run off into the vessel.
radiator (C)
5.1
plug (D)
5.2 plug (D)
6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1
8.1 8.2
6 -Undo the bolt (E) and disconnect the breather (F). 7 -Undo the bolts (G) and remove the bracing strut (H). 8 -Loosen the nuts (L) and detach the oil cooler (M).
breather (F)
screw (E) screw (G)
nut (L) IDM-C743800201.fm
7.2
IDM-43800206900.tif
8.3 8.4 8.5 bracket (H)
9.1
screw (G)
9.2
nut (L) oil cooler (M)
A
IDM-43800207000.tif
11/2003
chap. 07 - 8
7
ENGINE UNIT
1.1 9 -Loosen the clips and disconnect the hoses (N - P). 10-Undo the nuts (Q) and remove the radiator.
hose (N)
1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2
hose (P)
2.3 2.4
nut (Q)
nut (Q)
2.5 3.1 IDM-43800207100.tif
Refitting the radiator
hose (N)
4.2
radiator (C)
Important!
4.3
When fastening nuts and bolts, apply the tightening torques indicated in the table (see chap 01 - 10). Proceed as follows. 1 -Clean all disassembled parts and ensure they are not damaged. 2 -Smear the drain plugs (D) with sealant (Better Arexons) and fit them to the radiator. 3 -Offer the radiator (C) to the mountings on the machine. 4 -Secure the nuts (Q). 5 -Connect the hoses (N - P) and secure with the clips. 6 -Fill the radiator with coolant up to the prescribed level, and replace the cap.
4.1
4.4 5.1 5.2
hose (P)
6.1 nut (Q)
6.2
nut (Q)
6.3 IDM-43800207100.tif
7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C743800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1
plug (D)
9.2 plug (D)
A IDM-43800207200.tif
11/2003
chap. 07 - 9
7
ENGINE UNIT
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1
7 -Fit the oil cooler (M) and secure with the nuts (L). 8 -Fit the strut (H) and secure with the bolts (G). 9 -Fit the breather (F) and secure with the bolt (E).
breather (F)
screw (E) nut (L)
screw (G)
2.2 2.3 2.4
bracket (H)
2.5
screw (G) nut (L)
3.1 oil cooler (M) IDM-43800207000.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
10-Fit the battery shelf (B) and secure with the bolts (A). 11-Fit the battery (see “Installing the battery”). 12-Fit the hood (see “Refitting the engine hood”).
5.1 5.2
screw (A)
6.1
support (B)
6.2 6.3 7.1
IDM-43800206800.tif
7.2 8.1
IDM-C743800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 07 - 10
8
CAB CAB ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
8.1 page
Cab controls ........................................................................................... 2 Cab wiring diagram ................................................................................ 3 Electrical system diagram - cab ............................................................. 4 Electrical system parts - cab .................................................................. 5
CAB FRAME
8.2 page
Removing the cab .................................................................................. 6 Refitting the cab ..................................................................................... 9
ROAD LIGHTS AND HORN
8.3 page
Removing the lights.............................................................................. 14 Refitting the lights................................................................................. 14
WINDSCREEN WIPER SYSTEM
8.4 page
Removing the windscreen wiper motor ................................................ 15 Refitting the windscreen wiper motor ................................................... 15
HEATING/VENTILATION SYSTEM
8.5 page
IDM-C843800201.fm
Removing the fan unit .......................................................................... 16 Refitting the fan unit ............................................................................. 16 Removing the radiator.......................................................................... 16 Refitting the radiator............................................................................. 16
11/2003
chap. 08 - 1
8
CAB
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5
CAB ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
8.1
Cab controls A) Interior light fitting. Illuminates the driving position. Operate the switch to turn the interior lighting on and off. B) Heater control knob. Controls the temperature of the air inside the cab. Turn right or left to increase or reduce. C) Fuse box: houses the fuses protecting the electrical system. D) Fuse (7,5 A): protection of flasher circuit. E) Fuse (10 A): protection of work lights circuit. F) Fuse (20 A): protection of fan circuit. G) Fuse (10 A): protection of windscreen wiper circuit.
3.1
H) Fan switch. Operates the fan. Turn right or left to switch on or off L) Adjustable vents. Positionable vents directing air into the cab M) Beacon switch. Controls the flashing beacon circuit. Operate the switch to turn the beacon on and off. N) Work lights switch. Controls the work lights circuit. Operate the switch to turn the work lights on and off P) Windscreen wiper. Controls the wiper motor circuit. Operate the switch to turn the wiper on and off To operate the screen wash, press the switch a second time with the wiper in operation.
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 L
5.1
H
P
L
N
M
5.2 6.1 L B
6.2 A
6.3
L
C
7.1
D
7.2
E F
G
IDM-43800224600.tif
8.1
IDM-C843800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 08 - 2
8
CAB
1.1 Cab wiring diagram 1.2 G
C
A4
A1
B
A2
H
1.3
D
2.1
E
A3
2.2 A F
2.3 2.4
Z
2.5
P
3.1
M P
4.1
T
4.2 4.3 4.4
L N
5.1 5.2 6.1
V
6.2 6.3
S
7.1 U
7.2 8.1 R
8.2 IDM-C843800201.fm
Q IDM-43800223800.tif
8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A
11/2003
chap. 08 - 3
CAB
8
1.1 Electrical system diagram - cab 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C843800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800223900.tif
11/2003
chap. 08 - 4
CAB
8 1.1
Electrical system parts - cab 1.2 Name
Description
Name
Description
A
FUSE BOX
T
LX SIDELIGHTS/DIRECTION INDICATORS
1.3
A1
7,5 A FUSE, BEACON
U
CONNECTOR, RX ROAD LIGHTS
2.1
A2
10 A FUSE, WORK LIGHTS
V
RX DIPPED BEAM/MAIN BEAM
A3
20 A FUSE, CAB VENTILATION FAN
Z
RX SIDELIGHTS/DIRECTION INDICATORS
A4
10 A FUSE, WINDSCREEN WIPER
B
BEACON SWITCH
B1
CONNECTOR, BEACON
B2
CONNECTOR, BEACON BRACKET
C
WORK LIGHTS SWITCH
C1
CONNECTOR, WORK LIGHTS
A
ORANGE
3.1
D
WINDSCREEN WIPER AND WASH SWITCH
B
WHITE
4.1
C
PINK
E
FAN SWITCH
D
GREY
4.2
F
INTERIOR LIGHT
E
GREEN
G
VENTILATION FAN MOTOR
4.3
F
DARK BLUE
H
BEACON
G
YELLOW
4.4
L
SCREEN WASH PUMP
H
LIGHT BLUE
L1
CONNECTOR, SCREEN WASH PUMP
5.1
M
BROWN
M
RELAY
N
BLACK
5.2
N
WINDSCREEN WIPER MOTOR
R
RED
CONNECTOR, WINDSCREEN WIPER MOTOR
6.1
N1
V
PURPLE
P
WORK LIGHTS
Q
POWER CONNECTOR
R
CONNECTOR, LX ROAD LIGHTS
S
LX DIPPED BEAM/MAIN BEAM
2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5
Wire colours
6.2 Note: The same colour codes are used to identify two-colour wires in the following way: G/V = YELLOW/GREEN (cross stripes) G-V = YELLOW-GREEN (lengthwise stripes)
6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C843800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 08 - 5
8
CAB
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2
CAB FRAME Removing the cab Proceed as follows. 1 -Position a vessel of suitable capacity under the drain plug (D). 2 -Unscrew the drain plug (D) and allow the coolant to run off. 3 -Remove the bracket (C) from the engine compartment.
8.2 support (C)
hose (A-B)
2.3 2.4 2.5
plug (D)
3.1 IDM-43800224700.tif
4.1 4.2
4 -Loosen the clips (A1-B1) and disconnect the hoses (A-B).
4.3 Important!
4.4 5.1 5.2
Plug the ends of the hoses (A - B) to prevent the spillage of coolant. 5 -Free the hoses (A - B) from the engine compartment and coil them neatly.
hose (B) hose (A) clamp (B1) clamp (A1)
6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1
8.1
6 -Undo the screws (E1) and remove the plate (E). 7 -Separate the cab connectors.
8.2 8.3
Important!
For more details, see the wiring diagram.
IDM-C843800201.fm
7.2
IDM-43800224800.tif
8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 screw (E1)
screw (E1) support (E)
A IDM-43800224900.tif
11/2003
chap. 08 - 6
8
CAB
1.1 8 -Remove the cap (H1). 9 -Undo the bolt (H2). 10--Remove the steering wheel (H) with the puller (H3) (AT 37981247).
1.2 1.3 screw (H2)
2.1 2.2
cover (H1)
2.3 2.4 puller (H3)
2.5 3.1
steering wheel (H) IDM-43800225000.tif
11-Undo the screws (Y1) to free the console. 12-Unplug the connector (Y2) and remove the console (Y).
4.1 4.2
dashboard (Y)
4.3 screw (Y1)
4.4 5.1 5.2
dashboard (Y)
6.1 6.2
connector (Y2)
6.3 IDM-43800225100.tif
13-Unscrew the lever (L). 14-Loosen the bolt (M1) and detach the throttle control (M).
7.1 7.2
lever (L)
8.1
IDM-C843800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 throttle (M)
8.5 screw (M1)
9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800225200.tif
11/2003
chap. 08 - 7
CAB
8
1.1 1.2 1.3
15-Undo the lock nut and remove the pedal (F). 16-Undo the nut (G1), take out the bolt (G2) and remove the pedals (G).
pedal (F)
2.1 2.2 2.3 pedal (G)
screw (G2)
2.4 2.5 3.1
nut (G1) IDM-43800225300.tif
4.1 4.2
17-Undo the nuts (N2) and remove the bolts (N1).
4.3 screw (N1)
4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1
nut (N2)
6.2 6.3 7.1
8.1 8.2
18-Undo the bolts (P1) of the rear antivibration mounts 19-Undo the nuts (P2) and remove the bolts (P3) of the front antivibration mounts.
screw (P1)
IDM-C843800201.fm
7.2
IDM-43800225400.tif
8.3 8.4 screw (P3)
8.5 9.1 9.2
nut (P2)
A
IDM-43800225500.tif
11/2003
chap. 08 - 8
CAB
8 1.1
20-Undo the nuts (R1) and remove the safety brackets (R). 21-Remove the lever (Q). 22-Lift the mat (S) from the platform.
lever (Q)
1.2
nut (R1)
1.3 2.1 nut (R1)
2.2
safety brackets (R)
2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 mat (S) IDM-43800225600.tif
23-Open the door (T) of the cab. 24-Fit the eye bolts (U) and lift the cab with a hoist and slings. Caution!
4.1 4.2
eye bolt (U)
eye bolt (U)
4.3 door (T)
4.4
Lift slowly and manoeuvre with maximum care to avoid damaging components of the machine, and of the cab itself.
5.1 5.2
25-Set the cab down on the floor, positioning it stably and in a suitable place.
6.1 6.2 6.3
IDM-C843800201.fm
IDM-43800225700.tif
Refitting the cab Proceed as follows. 1 -Inspect the seal (V) around the skirt of the cab, and renew if necessary. 2 -Attach hooks and slings, hoist the cab and position it on the machine. 3 -Route the heater hoses (A-B) and electrical cables (Z) through the holes provided in the platform.
7.1 7.2 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5
seal (V)
9.1 9.2
hose (A-B) electrical cables (Z) IDM-43800225800.tif
11/2003
chap. 08 - 9
A
8
CAB
1.1 1.2
4 -Complete the refitment of the cab with the relative bolts, nuts (N1-N2) and washers (see illustration).
1.3 screw (N1)
2.1 2.2 2.3 nut (N2)
2.4 2.5 3.1
IDM-43800225400.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
5 -Fit the lever (Q). 6 -Fit the safety brackets (R) with spacer and belleville disc (see illustration) and secure with the nuts (R1).
lever (Q) nut (R1) spacer spring
5.1 5.2 6.1 nut (R1)
6.2
safety brackets (R)
6.3 7.1
IDM-43800225900.tif
7.2
8.2 8.3
7 -Secure the rear antivibration mounts with bolts (P1) and washers. 8 -Secure the front antivibration mounts with bolts, nuts (P2-P3) and washers.
screw (P1)
IDM-C843800201.fm
8.1
8.4 screw (P3)
8.5 9.1 9.2
nut (P2)
A
IDM-43800225500.tif
11/2003
chap. 08 - 10
CAB
8 1.1
9 -Fit the pedal (F) and secure with the lock nut. 10-Fit the pedals (G) and secure with bolt and nut (G1-G2).
pedal (F)
1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 pedal (G)
screw (G2)
2.4 2.5 3.1
nut (G1) IDM-43800225300.tif
11-Fit the throttle control (M) and secure with the bolt (M1). 12-Screw in the lever (L).
4.1 4.2
lever (L)
4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 throttle (M)
6.1 screw (M1)
6.2 6.3 IDM-43800225200.tif
13-Fit the console (Y) and plug in the connector (Y2). 14-Secure the console (Y) with the screws (Y1).
7.1 7.2
dashboard (Y)
8.1 8.2
IDM-C843800201.fm
connector (Y2)
8.3 8.4 dashboard (Y)
8.5 9.1
screw (Y1)
9.2 A IDM-43800227000.tif
11/2003
chap. 08 - 11
8
CAB
1.1 1.2 1.3
15-Fit the steering wheel (H) and clamp in place with the bolt (H2). 16-Fit the cap (H1). 17-Join up the cab connectors.
screw (H2)
2.1 2.2 2.3
steering wheel (H)
Important!
For more details, see the wiring diagram.
cover (H1)
18-Fix the plate (E) with the screws (E1).
2.4 2.5 screw (E1) support (E)
3.1 screw (E1)
IDM-43800226100.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
19-Position the hoses (A - B) in the engine compartment and anchor to the right hand side with the bracket (C). 20-Smear the drain plug (D) with sealant (Better Arexons) and screw into the radiator outlet.
support (C)
5.1 hose (A-B)
5.2 6.1 6.2 plug (D)
6.3 7.1
8.1 8.2 8.3
21-Connect the long hose (A) of the cab heater and secure with the clip (A1). 22-Connect the short hose (B) of the cab heater and secure with the clip (B1). 23-Remove the filler cap (X) and fill the radiator with coolant.
hose (A)
hose (B) clamp (B1)
clamp (A1) IDM-C843800201.fm
7.2
IDM-43800226200.tif
plug (X)
8.4 Caution!
8.5 9.1 9.2 A
Open up the heater valve in the cab Start the engine and throttle to 2500 rev/min for about 2-3 minutes so that the heater and the relative hoses will fill with coolant. Thereafter, check the level of liquid in the radiator and top up if necessary. 11/2003
IDM-43800226300.tif
chap. 08 - 12
8
CAB
1.1 24-Detach the hoist slings and remove the eye bolts (U). 25-Fix the floor mat (S) to the platform with adhesive (Bostik - Macroplast).
1.2 eye bolt (U)
eye bolt (U)
1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4
mat (S)
2.5 3.1
IDM-43800226400.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C843800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 08 - 13
8
CAB
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3
ROAD LIGHTS AND HORN Removing the lights Proceed as follows. 1 -Remove the windscreen wiper (see “Removing the windscreen wiper motor”). 2 -Remove the caps (A), undo the nuts (B) and remove the protective plate (C). 3 -Unplug the headlamp connectors. 4 -Remove the headlamp (E) from the trim.
8.3 protection (C)
cap (A) nut (B)
light (E)
trim (F)
2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4
Refitting the lights Proceed as follows. 1 -Fit the headlamp (E) and secure to screw (D) the trim with screws (D). 2 -Fit the trim (F) to the cab frame. 3 -Join up the headlamp connectors. 4 - Reposition the plate (C), tighten the nuts (B) and refit the caps (A). 5 -Fit the windscreen wiper (see “Refitting the windscreen wiper motor”). 6 -Switch the headlamps to dipped beam, and adjust for position.
IDM-43800226000.tif
Caution!
When driving on the road, the headlights must be adjusted so as not to dazzle the drivers of other vehicles, and in accordance with the regulations of the highway code.
5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C843800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 08 - 14
8
CAB WINDSCREEN WIPER SYSTEM
8.4
Removing the windscreen wiper motor Proceed as follows. 1 -Undo the screws (A) and remove the guard (B). 2 -Separate the connector (C).
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1
protection (B)
2.2 2.3 2.4 connector (C)
2.5
screw (A)
3.1 IDM-43800226500.tif
3 -Lift the caps (D). 4 -Unscrew the spacer (E) and the nut (F), and detach the wiper (G). 5 -Remove the nut concealer (H) and undo the nut (L). 6 --Detach the motor (M). Refitting the windscreen wiper motor Proceed as follows. 1 -Position the motor (M), locate the washer and secure with the nut (L). 2 -Fit the nut concealer (H). 3 -Fit the wiper (G), locate the washers and secure with the nut (F). 4 -Tighten the spacer (E). 5 -Reposition the caps (D).
4.1 4.2
protection (D)
4.3 windscreen wipe (G)
nut (F)
4.4 5.1
spacer (E)
5.2
engine (M) nut (L)
6.1
cap (H)
6.2 6.3 IDM-43800226600.tif
7.1 7.2
6 -Join up the connector (C). 7 -Fit the guard (B) and secure with the screws (A).
8.1
IDM-C843800201.fm
8.2 protection (B)
8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1
connector (C)
screw (A)
9.2 A IDM-43800226500.tif
11/2003
chap. 08 - 15
8
CAB
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1
HEATING/VENTILATION SYSTEM Removing the fan unit Proceed as follows. 1 -Undo the bolts screws (A) and remove the guard (B). 2 -Separate the connector (C). 3 -Undo the screws (D) and detach the fan unit (E).
8.5
screw (A)
protection (B)
2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5
Refitting the fan unit Proceed as follows. 1 -Position the fan unit (E) and secure with the screws (D). 2 -Join up the connector (C). 3 -Fit the guard (B) and secure with the screws (A).
fan unit (E)
screw (D)
3.1 connector (C) IDM-43800226700.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2
Removing the radiator Proceed as follows. 1 -Undo the screws (A) and remove the guard (B). 2 -Undo the screws (C) and detach the fan unit (D). 3 -Undo the screws (E) located internally of the cab, around the air vents, and draw the duct (F) out of the cab.
screw (A)
protection (B) fan unit (D) screw (C)
6.1 6.2 6.3
duct (F) screw (E)
7.1
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5
4 -Loosen the clips (G) and disconnect the hoses (H). 5 -Undo the screws (L) and remove the heater radiator (M). Refitting the radiator Proceed as follows. 1 -Fit the radiator (M) into the duct (F) and secure with the screws (L). 2 -Connect the hoses (H) and secure with the clips (G).
duct (F) IDM-C843800201.fm
7.2
IDM-43800226800.tif
radiator (M)
clamp (G) hose (H)
9.1 screw (L)
9.2
clamp (G) hose (H)
A
IDM-43800226900.tif
11/2003
chap. 08 - 16
CAB
8 1.1
3 -Locate the duct (F) in the cab and secure with the screws (E). 4 -Fit the guard (B) and secure with the screws (A).
1.2 1.3 screw (A)
2.1
Caution!
Open up the heater valve in the cab Start the engine and throttle to 2500 rev/min for about 2-3 minutes so that the heater and the relative hoses will fill with coolant. Thereafter, check the level of liquid in the radiator and top up if necessary.
protection (B)
2.2
fan unit (D)
2.3
screw (C)
2.4 2.5 duct (F)
3.1 screw (E) IDM-43800226800.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C843800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 08 - 17
9
SYSTEMS HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
9.1 page
Technical specifications ......................................................................... 2 Hydraulic circuit diagram........................................................................ 2 Hydraulic circuit diagram (with front pressure ports).............................. 3 Removing the hydraulic pump and filter................................................. 4 Refitting the hydraulic pump and filter.................................................... 4 Removing the control valve.................................................................... 5 Refitting the control valve....................................................................... 6 Checking the hydrostatic transmission relief pressure setting ............... 8 Checking the hydrostatic transmission inlet pressure ............................ 8 Checking the directional control valve relief pressure setting ................ 9 Adjusting the control valve relief pressure setting.................................. 9 Checking the hydrostatic steering relief pressure setting..................... 10
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
9.2 page
IDM-C943800201.fm
Technical specifications ....................................................................... 11 Fuses ................................................................................................... 11 Instrument panel .................................................................................. 11 Dashboard controls (optional) .............................................................. 12 Removing the battery ........................................................................... 12 Installing the battery ............................................................................. 13 Electrical system layout (first version).................................................. 14 Electrical system diagram (1) (first version) ......................................... 15 Electrical system parts table (first version)........................................... 16 Electrical system diagram (2) (first version) ......................................... 17 Electrical system parts table ................................................................ 18 Electrical system layout (second version) ............................................ 19 Electrical system diagram (1) (second version) ................................... 20 Electrical system parts table (second version)..................................... 21 Electrical system diagram (2) (second version) ................................... 22 Electrical system parts table (second version)..................................... 23 Electrical system diagram - road lights kit............................................ 24 Electrical system parts - road lights kit................................................. 24 Electrical system diagram - road lights kit............................................ 25
11/2003
chap. 09 - 1
9
SYSTEMS
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
9.1
Technical specifications Flow rate of hydraulic pump ....................7,9 (cm3/rev) Flow control valve ................................. 0-25 litres/min Filter Type ..................................................... Paper element Filtration capacity ................................................. 10 Îź Hydraulic circuit diagram The machine is equipped with a pressurized hydraulic system serving the power steering and hydraulic lift services. The relief valves of these two services unload oil at 20 bar to the low pressure side of the circuit.
2.4
H
G
C
Directional control valve Type ........ Monobloc with one spool, manually operated. Monobloc with two spools, manually operated (optional) Relief valve setting ...........................12 Mpa (120 bar) External pressure ports (optional) . Female quick coupler This pressure, added to the relief valve setting (120 bar), gives the overall system pressure at which the relief valves cut in to protect the circuit, i.e. 140 bar.
L
2.5 R B
3.1
M D
4.1 4.2
Q F
4.3 E
4.4 5.1
A
P
N
L
5.2 Z
K
6.1
L J
6.2
V
6.3 7.1 7.2 P C
8.1 A
S
8.2
Q
8.3 D
8.4 8.5 U
9.1
R
9.2 A
B 11/2003
T
Legend A) Hydraulic pump B) Three way valve (PTO diverter) C) Directional control valve D) Oil cooler E) External pressure ports (optional) F) Power steering pump inlet G) Free return flow H) Return flow - PTO clutch quick release J) Relief valve - directional control valve circuit K) Hydraulic motor - hydrostatic transmission
L) M) N) P) Q) R) S) T) U) V)
Lift cylinder PTO clutch oil line Oil inlet Oil filter Hydrostatic power steering system Steering cylinder Relief valve - power steering system PTO clutch Hydrostatic transmission inlet valve Hydraulic pump - hydrostatic transmission Z) Relief valves - hydrostatic transmission IDM-43800215500.tif
chap. 09 - 2
IDM-C943800201.fm
E
9
SYSTEMS
1.1 Hydraulic circuit diagram (with front pressure ports) 1.2 Y
C
1.3
X
2.1
H R
L
2.2
B W
G
2.3
M
D
2.4 Q
2.5
F E A
P
N
3.1
L
4.1 Z
K
4.2
L J
4.3
V
4.4 5.1 5.2 J
P
6.1
A
S
6.2
Q W
6.3
C D
7.1 7.2 U E
Y
R
8.1
IDM-C943800201.fm
8.2 8.3
X B
T
Legend A) Hydraulic pump B) Three way valve (PTO diverter) C) Directional control valve (ML2) D) Oil cooler E) Pressure ports (rear) F) Hydrostatic transmission pump inlet G) Free return flow H) Return flow - PTO clutch quick release
J) Relief valve - directional control valve circuit K) Hydraulic motor - hydrostatic transmission L) Lift cylinder M) PTO clutch oil line N) Oil inlet P) Oil filter Q) Hydrostatic power steering system R) Steering cylinder
S) T) U) V) W) X) Y) Z)
Relief valve - power steering system PTO clutch Hydrostatic transmission inlet valve Hydraulic pump - hydrostatic transmission Pressure ports (front) Flow control valve Directional control valve (ML1) Relief valves - hydrostatic transmission
8.5 9.1 9.2 A
IDM-43800223200.tif
11/2003
8.4
chap. 09 - 3
SYSTEMS
9
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3
Removing the hydraulic pump and filter Proceed as follows. 1 -Position a vessel under the work area to catch any oil that may spill. 2 -Disconnect the oil line (A) and plug temporarily to prevent any leakage of oil. 3 -Loosen the clip (B) and detach the hose (C). 4 -Unscrew the filter (D).
hose (C) clamp (B)
filter cartridge (D)
2.4 2.5
hose (A)
3.1 IDM-43800215600.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1
5 -Undo the screws (E) and remove the bracket (F). 6 -Remove the filter flange (G). 7 -Undo the screws (H) and remove the bracket (L). 8 -Undo the bolts (M) and detach the pump (N).
6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2
screw (E)
bracket (F)
Important!
5.2 6.1
screw (E)
To remove a long-case pump (fitted to certain machines and identifiable from the head bolts, which project from the body), it will first be necessary to remove the platform and then loosen the bolts securing the pump flange to the front end transmission housing.
filter flange (G)
Refitting the hydraulic pump and filter
8.1 Important!
8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A
When fastening nuts and bolts, apply the tightening torques indicated in the table (see chap 01 - 10). Proceed as follows. 1 -Clean all disassembled parts and ensure they are not damaged. Make certain the mating surfaces are clean. 2 -Fit the pump (N) and secure with the bolts (M). 3 -Fit the bracket (L) and secure with the screws (H).
screw (M) support (L)
IDM-C943800201.fm
8.2
pump (N) screw (H)
IDM-43800215700.tif
11/2003
chap. 09 - 4
SYSTEMS
9 1.1
4 -Fit the filter flange (G). 1.2 Important!
When fitting the filter flange, be certain to check the flow direction of the oil at the pump inlet (indicated by an arrow on the flange).
1.3 screw (E)
screw (E)
bracket (F)
2.1 2.2
5 -Fit the bracket (F) and secure with the screws (E). 6 -Screw on the filter (D), renewing if necessary. 7 -Attach the hose (C) and tighten the clip (B). 8 -Reconnect the oil line (A).
2.3 2.4
filter flange (G)
2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 screw (M)
4.4
support (L)
5.1 5.2 pump (N) screw (H)
6.1
Removing the control valve Proceed as follows. 1 -Position a vessel under the work area to catch any oil that may spill.
6.2 6.3 IDM-43800215700.tif
7.1
Important!
IDM-C943800201.fm
If the machine is equipped with hose guards, these must be removed before disconnecting the hoses.
7.2 hose (A) directional control valve (B)
8.1 8.2
2 -Disconnect the oil lines (A) from the control valve (B).
8.3 8.4
Important!
Mark the oil lines before disconnecting, so as to facilitate reconnection subsequently. 3 -Remove the knob (C) of the lift control lever. 4 -If the control valve has two levers, remove the second knob (D) also.
8.5 9.1 9.2 knob (C)
A
knob (D) IDM-43800215800.tif
11/2003
chap. 09 - 5
SYSTEMS
9
1.1 1.2 1.3
5 -Undo the bolts (E) and remove the control valve. 6 -Uncouple the rod (F) of the PTO safety device.
screw (E)
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 rod (F) IDM-43800215900.tif
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1
7 -Unscrew the nut and lock nut (G), and detach the lift control lever (H). 8 -If the control valve has two levers, unscrew the nut (L) and remove the second lever (M). 9 -Unscrew the fittings (N) and detach from the valve body.
lever (H) nut (G) connection (N)
lever (M)
5.2
nut (L) connection (N)
6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 Refitting the control valve
nut (G)
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2
lever (H)
Important!
When fastening nuts and bolts, apply the tightening torques indicated in the table (see chap 01 - 10). Proceed as follows. 1 -Attach the fittings (N) to the control valve. 2 -Fit the lift control lever (H) and secure with the nut and lock nut (G). 3 -If the control valve has two levers, fit the second lever (M) and secure with the nut (L).
connection (N) IDM-C943800201.fm
7.2
IDM-43800216000.tif
lever (M) nut (L) connection (N)
A IDM-43800216000.tif
11/2003
chap. 09 - 6
SYSTEMS
9 1.1
4 -Couple the rod (F) of the PTO safety device. 5 -Fit the control valve and secure with the bolts (E).
1.2
screw (E)
1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 rod (F) IDM-43800215900.tif
6 -Fit the knob (C) of the lift control lever. 7 -If the control valve has two levers, fit the second knob (D). 8 -Reconnect the oil lines (A) to the control valve (B), and with everything in place, make certain there are no leaks.
4.1 4.2
hose (A) directional control valve (B)
4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2
Important!
6.1
If the machine is equipped with hose guards, these must be refitted after reconnecting the hoses.
6.2 6.3 knob (C)
knob (D) IDM-43800215800.tif
7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C943800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 09 - 7
SYSTEMS
9
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2
Checking the hydrostatic transmissplit pin (A) sion relief pressure setting Begin the operation with the engine off, proceeding as follows. 1 -Disassemble the split pins (A) and device (C) the relative pivots (B), and remove the adjuster (C). pin (B) 2 -Position a vessel under the work area to catch any oil that may spill. plug (D) 3 -Unscrew the plug (D) and screw in connection the fitting (E) of the pressure testing (E) kit (AT 37981859). 4 -Connect the hose (F) of the kit (AT 37981859) to the gauge (G) (AT37981330) and to the fitting (E). 5 -Select neutral, start the engine and hose (F) throttle up to maximum rpm. 6 -Depress the drive pedal and check that the pressure gauge registers 300 bar. Important!
4.3 4.4
If the value fails to register, locate the cause of the fault and take the appropriate action.
5.1
7 -Stop the engine, disconnect the hose (F) and unscrew the fitting (E).
pressure gauge (G) IDM-43800216100.tif
8 -Screw in the plug (D), refit the adjuster (C), and with everything in place, make certain there are no leaks.
5.2
6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5
Checking the hydrostatic transmission inlet pressure Begin the operation with the engine off, proceeding as follows. 1 -Position a vessel under the work area to catch any oil that may spill. 2 -Disconnect the oil line (A), then screw the Tee (B) and reducer (C) of the kit (AT 37981859) to the fitting (F). 3 -Connect the oil line (A) to the Tee (B). 4 -Connect the hose (E) of the kit (AT 37981859) to the gauge (D) (AT37981769) and to the Tee (B). 5 -Start the engine, throttle to 1000 rpm and check that the pressure gauge registers 12-13 bar. 6 -Throttle up to 2600 rpm and check that the gauge registers 15-16 bar.
hose (A)
connection (F) connection (B) reducer (C) connection (F)
hose (E)
9.1 Important!
9.2
pressure gauge (D) IDM-43800216200.tif
7 -Stop the engine and disconnect the hoses (A - E) 8 -Remove the Tee (B) and reconnect the oil line (A) to the fitting (F).
If these values fail to register, locate the cause of the fault and take the appropriate action.
A 11/2003
chap. 09 - 8
IDM-C943800201.fm
6.1
9
SYSTEMS
1.1 Checking the directional control valve relief pressure setting Begin the operation with the engine off, proceeding as follows. 1 -Position a vessel under the work area to catch any oil that may spill. 2 -Unscrew the plug (A) from the body of the control valve (B). 3 -Connect the hose (D) of the kit (AT 37981859) to the gauge (C) (AT37981758) and to the valve (B). 4 -Start the engine and throttle to 1600 rpm. 5 -Operate the lift control lever and check that the pressure gauge registers 140 bar.
1.2 plug (A)
1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3
directional control valve (B)
2.4
pressure gauge (C) hose (D)
2.5 3.1 IDM-43800216300.tif
6 -Stop the engine, disconnect the hose (D), refit the plug (A) and make certain there are no leaks.
Important!
If the pressure registering on the gauge is not as prescribed, adjust the setting (see â&#x20AC;&#x153;Adjusting the control valve relief pressure settingâ&#x20AC;&#x153;).
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2
Adjusting the control valve relief pressure setting 1 -Remove the cover (A). 2 -Loosen the lock nut (B) and turn the screw (C) to adjust the pressure setting.
6.1 6.2
lock nut (B)
6.3 7.1
Important!
IDM-C943800201.fm
Turning the screw (C) just a few degrees will produce a significant variation of the valve pressure setting. 3 -Adjust the valve setting so as to obtain a maximum circuit pressure of 140 bar with the engine running at 1600 rpm (see "Checking the directional control valve relief pressure setting").
7.2 8.1 screw (C)
8.2 8.3
cover (A) IDM-43800222200.tif
8.5
Caution!
A valve setting that allows the circuit to pressurize beyond 140 bar may cause damage to the oil lines or to other components of the hydraulic system. 11/2003
8.4
9.1 9.2 A chap. 09 - 9
9
SYSTEMS
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2
Checking the hydrostatic steering relief pressure setting Begin the operation with the engine off, proceeding as follows. 1 -Position a vessel under the work area to catch any oil that may spill. 2 -Disconnect the oil line (A) from the steering cylinder (B). 3 -Connect the hose (D) of the kit (AT hose (A) 37981859) to the gauge (C) (AT 37981758) and to the cylinder (B). 4 -Reconnect the oil line (A). 5 -Start the engine and throttle to 1000 rpm. 6 -Turn the steering wheel with the torque gauge (AT 37981196), to the point of engaging full lock. 7 -Continue applying a torque of 180 Ncm using the torque gauge (AT 37981196) and check that the pressure gauge registers 140 bar.
cylinder (B)
hose (A)
cylinder (B)
pressure gauge (C) IDM-43800216400.tif
4.3 Important!
4.4
If these values fail to register, locate the cause of the fault and take the appropriate action.
5.1
8 -Stop the engine, disconnect the test hose (D), reconnect the oil line (A) and make certain there are no leaks.
5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C943800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 09 - 10
9
SYSTEMS ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Technical specifications Battery Nominal voltage ................................................... 12 V Rated capacity ................................................... 55 Ah Discharge current............................................... 255 A Starter motor Voltage ................................................................. 12 V Rated power..................................................... 1.2 kW Activation............................................Electromagnetic Engagement............................Bendix gear and pinion
9.2
1.1
Alternator Type ..................................Three-phase self-rectifying Output voltage ...................................................... 12 V Output current ...................................................... 40 A Voltage regulator ............................. built-in, electronic Main fuse.............................................................. 40 A
1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1
Fuses 1) Warning indicators, one pin socket.......................7.5 A 2) Alternator, glow plug control unit, solenoid on/off, hold .......10 A 3) Power supply to cab (optional) .........................10 A 4) Brake lights (optional) ............15 A 5) Direction indicators (optional)................15 A 6) Hazard warning lights (optional).......................... 15
4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1
IDM-C943800201.fm
6.2 Instrument panel A) Battery charge B) Engine oil pressure C) Glow plugs D) Engine coolant temperature E) Air filter F) Fuel level G) Hourmeter H) Starter switch Pos. P - Panel light (key removable). Pos. 0 - All auxiliary circuits off (key removable). Pos. 1 - Enable starter circuit. - Indicators and instruments operational. - Auxiliary circuits on Pos. 2 - Preheat combustion chamber (key returns automatically to pos. 1 when released). Pos. 3 - Start engine (key returns automatically to pos. 1 when released).
6.3 IDM-43800216700.tif
7.1 7.2 8.1
G
C
B
A
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1
F
E
D
H
9.2 A
IDM-43800216800.tif
11/2003
chap. 09 - 11
9
SYSTEMS
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1
Dashboard controls (optional) All controls are enabled only when the starter switch is in position (1). A) Direction indicators (green light). Lights up when indicators are on. B) Main beam (blue light). Lights up when main headlight beam is on. C) Sidelights (green light). Lights up when sidelights are on. D) Emergency lights (red light). Switches on the emergency lights. E) Column stalk Pos. E0 – Lights off. Pos. E1 – Sidelights on. Pos. E2 – Dipped headlight beam on. Pos. E3 – Rx direction indicators on. Pos. E4 – Lx direction indicators on. Pos. E5 – Main beam flash. D
4.2
C
B
Pos. E6 – Main headlight beam on. Pos. E7 – Horn. F) Fuse box: houses the fuses protecting the electrical system. G) Fuse (10 A): protection of horn circuit. H) Fuse (7,5 A): protection of front Rx side, rear Lx tail, licence plate and indicator lights circuit. L) Fuse (7,5 A): protection of front Lx side and rear Rx tail lights circuit. M) Fuse (7,5 A): protection of Rx dipped beam circuit. N) Fuse (7,5 A): protection of Lx dipped beam circuit. P) Fuse (10 A): protection of main beam circuit.
A
E1 E2
4.3
0
4.4 E3
5.1
E4 E
5.2
E5
6.1
E6 F
6.2 G L N
H M P
E7
7.1 7.2 8.1 8.2
IDM-43800224500.tif
Removing the battery Proceed as follows. 1 -Raise the engine hood (A), undo the bolts (B) and detach the cover (C).
screw (B)
8.3
engine cover (A)
8.4 screw (B)
8.5 9.1 9.2 A
cover (C) IDM-43800216500.tif
11/2003
chap. 09 - 12
IDM-C943800201.fm
6.3
SYSTEMS
9 1.1
2 -Undo the nuts (D) and detach the front panel (E). 3 -Detach the terminals (F).
1.2 1.3
Important!
2.1
Disconnect the negative terminal (-) first.
2.2
4 -Lift the battery (G) clear. 2.3 Installing the battery Proceed as follows. 1 -Position the battery (G) on the shelf. 2 -Connect the terminals (F).
2.4
terminals (F)
2.5
cover (E) nut (D)
3.1 4.1
Important!
Be certain to match the polarity of the terminals and posts. Smear the positive terminal (+) with grease and connect first.
4.2 nut (D)
4.3
battery (G)
4.4
3 -Refit the front panel (E) and secure with the nuts (D). 4 -Refit the cover (C), secure with the bolts (B) and, when done, close the hood (A).
5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 IDM-43800216600.tif
7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C943800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 09 - 13
9
SYSTEMS
1.1 Electrical system layout (first version) 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2
S1 K3
2.3
K2 K4
P2
K5
H1
H3 H2
H6
H5
2.4 X15
2.5
K6
3.1 4.1
D1 X34
4.2
X33
X31
4.3
H4
4.4 X11 (H18)
5.1 X13 (H7)
M
5.2 R1 S5
6.1
X12 (H19)
G2
6.2 6.3
K1
S7
FG1
7.1
X5 S4
7.2 M1
8.1
X1 S18
8.2 8.3
IDM-C943800201.fm
S16 Y1
8.4 G1
8.5
S6
9.1 X14
9.2 A
S17 11/2003
IDM-43800216900.tif
chap. 09 - 14
SYSTEMS
9 1.1
Electrical system diagram (1) (first version) 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C943800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800219700.tif
11/2003
chap. 09 - 15
9
SYSTEMS
1.1 Electrical system parts table (first version)
1.3
Name
D1 F1
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2
F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 FG1 G1 G2 H1 H18 H19 H2 H3
4.3
H4
4.4
H5 H6 H7 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 M M1 P2 R1 S1 S16 S17 S18
5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1 8.2
S4
8.3
S5
8.4
S6
8.5
S7 X1
9.1 9.2 A
Y1 X10 X11 X12 11/2003
Description
BLOCKING DIODES 7.5A FUSE, INDICATOR POWER SUPPLY, ONE PIN SOCKET 10A FUSE, SEAT SWITCH, CONTROL UNIT 10A FUSE, CAB 10A FUSE, BRAKE LIGHTS 15A FUSE, DIRECTION INDICATORS 15A FUSE, HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS 40A MAIN FUSE BATTERY ALTERNATOR GLOW PLUGS INDICATOR RH REAR LIGHT LH REAR LIGHT ALTERNATOR INDICATOR ENGINE OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE INDICATOR AIR FILTER CLOGGING INDICATOR FUEL LEVEL INDICATOR NUMBER PLATE LIGHT STARTER RELAY GLOW PLUGS CONTROL UNIT PTO RELAY DRIVING SEAT RELAY FIELD COIL CONTROL UNIT FIELD COIL RELAY EARTH STARTER MOTOR HOUR COUNTER GLOW PLUGS STARTING SWITCH BLOCK DRIVING SEAT SWITCH BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH PTO SWITCH PRESSURE SWITCH, LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE THERMOSTAT, ENGINE COOLANT HIGH TEMPERATURE FUEL RESERVE PRESSURE SWITCH, AIR FILTER CLOGGED POWER SOCKET “EV1” SOLENOID VALVE, ENGINE FUEL CUTOFF 3 WAY CONNECTOR 4 WAY CONNECTOR - DEUTSCH 4 WAY CONNECTOR - DEUTSCH
Name
Description
X13 X14 X15 X17 X22 X23 X24 X25 X26 X27 X28 X31 X33 X34 X35 X38 X5
2 WAY CONNECTOR - DEUTSCH 3 WAY CONNECTOR 11 WAY CONNECTOR - MARK 3 WAY CONNECTOR 4 WAY CONNECTOR 4 WAY CONNECTOR 4 WAY CONNECTOR 4 WAY CONNECTOR 2 WAY CONNECTOR - 90° 1 WAY CONNECTOR 1 WAY CONNECTOR 21 WAY CONNECTOR - MARK 21 WAY CONNECTOR - MARK 4 WAY MAXI-CONNECTOR 2 WAY CONNECTOR - DEUTSCH 2 WAY CONNECTOR - DEUTSCH 2 WAY CONNECTOR - 90°
Wire colours
A B C G H L M N R S V Z
LIGHT BLUE WHITE ORANGE YELLOW GREY DARK BLUE BROWN BLACK RED PINK GREEN PURPLE
Note: The same colour codes are used to identify twocolour wires, for example: G/V = YELLOW/GREEN (cross stripes) G-V = YELLOW-GREEN (lengthwise stripes)
IDM-C943800201.fm
1.2
chap. 09 - 16
SYSTEMS
9 1.1
Electrical system diagram (2) (first version) 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C943800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800219800.tif
11/2003
chap. 09 - 17
9
SYSTEMS
1.1 Electrical system parts table
1.3
Name
D1 F1
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2
F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 FG1 G1 G2 H1 H18 H19 H2 H3
4.3
H4
4.4
H5 H6 H7 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 M M1 P2 R1 S1 S16 S17 S18
5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1 8.2
S4
8.3
S5
8.4
S6
8.5
S7 X1
9.1 9.2 A
Y1 X10 X11 X12 11/2003
Description
BLOCKING DIODES 7.5A FUSE, INDICATOR POWER SUPPLY, ONE PIN SOCKET 10A FUSE, SEAT SWITCH, CONTROL UNIT 10A FUSE, CAB 10A FUSE, BRAKE LIGHTS 15A FUSE, DIRECTION INDICATORS 15A FUSE, HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS 40A MAIN FUSE BATTERY ALTERNATOR GLOW PLUGS INDICATOR RH REAR LIGHT LH REAR LIGHT ALTERNATOR INDICATOR ENGINE OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE INDICATOR AIR FILTER CLOGGING INDICATOR FUEL LEVEL INDICATOR NUMBER PLATE LIGHT STARTER RELAY GLOW PLUGS CONTROL UNIT PTO RELAY DRIVING SEAT RELAY FIELD COIL CONTROL UNIT FIELD COIL RELAY EARTH STARTER MOTOR HOUR COUNTER GLOW PLUGS STARTING SWITCH BLOCK DRIVING SEAT SWITCH BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH PTO SWITCH PRESSURE SWITCH, LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE THERMOSTAT, ENGINE COOLANT HIGH TEMPERATURE FUEL RESERVE PRESSURE SWITCH, AIR FILTER CLOGGED POWER SOCKET “EV1” SOLENOID VALVE, ENGINE FUEL CUTOFF 3 WAY CONNECTOR 4 WAY CONNECTOR - DEUTSCH 4 WAY CONNECTOR - DEUTSCH
Name
Description
X13 X14 X15 X17 X22 X23 X24 X25 X26 X27 X28 X31 X33 X34 X35 X38 X5
2 WAY CONNECTOR - DEUTSCH 3 WAY CONNECTOR 11 WAY CONNECTOR - MARK 3 WAY CONNECTOR 4 WAY CONNECTOR 4 WAY CONNECTOR 4 WAY CONNECTOR 4 WAY CONNECTOR 2 WAY CONNECTOR - 90° 1 WAY CONNECTOR 1 WAY CONNECTOR 21 WAY CONNECTOR - MARK 21 WAY CONNECTOR - MARK 4 WAY MAXI-CONNECTOR 2 WAY CONNECTOR - DEUTSCH 2 WAY CONNECTOR - DEUTSCH 2 WAY CONNECTOR - 90°
Wire colours
A B C G H L M N R S V Z
LIGHT BLUE WHITE ORANGE YELLOW GREY DARK BLUE BROWN BLACK RED PINK GREEN PURPLE
Note: The same colour codes are used to identify twocolour wires, for example: G/V = YELLOW/GREEN (cross stripes) G-V = YELLOW-GREEN (lengthwise stripes)
IDM-C943800201.fm
1.2
chap. 09 - 18
9
SYSTEMS
1.1 Electrical system layout (second version) 1.2 1.3 2.1 K5
2.2
S1
K2 K3
2.3
K4
P2
K7
H1
H3 H2
2.4 X15
2.5
K6
3.1 4.1
D1 X34
4.2
X33
X31
H6
H5
H4
4.3
X36
4.4 X11 (H18)
5.1 X13 (H7)
M
5.2 X12 (H19)
R1 S5 G2
6.1
X39
6.2 6.3
K1
S7
FG1 X5 S4
7.1 7.2
M1
8.1
X1 S18
8.2
S16 IDM-C943800201.fm
X37
8.3
Y1
8.4 G1
8.5
S6
9.1 X14
9.2 S17 11/2003
A IDM-43800223300.tif
chap. 09 - 19
SYSTEMS
9
1.1 Electrical system diagram (1) (second version) 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C943800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800223400.tif
11/2003
chap. 09 - 20
9
SYSTEMS
1.1
IDM-C943800201.fm
Electrical system parts table (second version) 1.2
Name
Description
Name
Description
F1
7.5A FUSE, PANEL INDICATORS
Y1
“EV1” ENGINE STOP SOLENOID VALVE
F2
TURN INDICATOR FUSE, 10A
X10
3 WAY CONNECTOR
F3
CAB FUSE, 10A
X11
4 WAY DEUTSCH CONNECTOR
F4
STOP LAMP FUSE, 10A
X12
4 WAY DEUTSCH CONNECTOR
F5
15A FUSE, HEADLIGHTS
X13
2 WAY DEUTSCH CONNECTOR
F6
FUSE 4 INDICATORS 15 A
X14
3 WAY CONNECTOR
FG1
MAIN FUSE, 40A
X15
11 WAY MARK CONNECTOR
G1
BATTERY
X17
3 WAY CONNECTOR
G2
ALTERNATOR
X22
4 WAY CONNECTOR
H1
GLOWPLUG FUNCTION INDICATOR
X23
6 WAY CONNECTOR
H18
RH REAR LIGHT
X24
6 WAY CONNECTOR
H19
LH REAR LIGHT
X25
4 WAY CONNECTOR
H2
ALTERNATOR FUNCTION INDICATOR
X26
90° 2 WAY CONNECTOR
H3
OIL PRESSURE WARNING LIGHT
X27
1 WAY CONNECTOR
H4
ENGINE TEMPERATURE WARNING LIGHT
X28
1 WAY CONNECTOR
X31
21 WAY MARK CONNECTOR
H5
AIR FILTER CLOGGING INDICATOR
X33
21 WAY MARK CONNECTOR
H6
FUEL RESERVE INDICATOR
X34
3 WAY CONNECTOR
H7
NUMBER PLATE LIGHT
X35
2 WAY CONNECTOR
K1
STARTER RELAY
X36
4 WAY CONNECTOR
K2
GLOWPLUG CONTROL UNIT
X37
2 WAY CONNECTOR
K3
BRAKE RELAY
X38
2 WAY CONNECTOR
K4
DRIVING SEAT RELAY
X39
6 WAY DEUTSCH CONNECTOR
K5
FIELD COIL CONTROL UNIT
X40
7-PIN TRAILER CONNECTOR
K6
FIELD COIL RELAY
X5
90° 2 WAY CONNECTOR
K7
HOPPER/PTO RELAY
M1
STARTER MOTOR
P2
HOUR COUNTER
R1
GLOWPLUGS
S1
STARTING SWITCH BLOCK
S16
DRIVING SEAT SWITCH
S17
BRAKE SWITCH
S18
PTO SWITCH
S4
PRESSURE SWITCH FOR LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
S5
ENGINE COOLANT HIGH TEMPERATURE THERMOSTAT
S6
FUEL RESERVE
S7
AIR FILTER CLOGGED PRESSURE SWITCH
X1
POWER SOCKET
11/2003
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1
Wire colours
A B C G H L M N R S V Z
1.3
LIGHT BLUE WHITE ORANGE YELLOW GREY DARK BLUE BROWN BLACK RED PINK GREEN PURPLE
7.2 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5
Note: The same colour codes are used to identify twocolour wires, for example: G/V = YELLOW/GREEN (cross stripes) G-V = YELLOW-GREEN (lengthwise stripes) chap. 09 - 21
9.1 9.2 A
SYSTEMS
9
1.1 Electrical system diagram (2) (second version) 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C943800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800223500.tif
11/2003
chap. 09 - 22
9
SYSTEMS
1.1
IDM-C943800201.fm
Electrical system parts table (second version) 1.2
Name
Description
Y1
“EV1” ENGINE STOP SOLENOID VALVE
TURN INDICATOR FUSE, 10A
X10
3 WAY CONNECTOR
F3
CAB FUSE, 10A
X11
4 WAY DEUTSCH CONNECTOR
F4
STOP LAMP FUSE, 10A
X12
4 WAY DEUTSCH CONNECTOR
F5
15A FUSE, HEADLIGHTS
X13
2 WAY DEUTSCH CONNECTOR
F6
FUSE 4 INDICATORS 15 A
X14
3 WAY CONNECTOR
FG1
MAIN FUSE, 40A
X15
11 WAY MARK CONNECTOR
G1
BATTERY
X17
3 WAY CONNECTOR
G2
ALTERNATOR
X22
4 WAY CONNECTOR
H1
GLOWPLUG FUNCTION INDICATOR
X23
6 WAY CONNECTOR
H18
RH REAR LIGHT
X24
6 WAY CONNECTOR
H19
LH REAR LIGHT
X25
4 WAY CONNECTOR
H2
ALTERNATOR FUNCTION INDICATOR
X26
90° 2 WAY CONNECTOR
H3
OIL PRESSURE WARNING LIGHT
X27
1 WAY CONNECTOR 1 WAY CONNECTOR
Name
Description
F1
7.5A FUSE, PANEL INDICATORS
F2
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2
H4
ENGINE TEMPERATURE WARNING LIGHT
X28 X31
21 WAY MARK CONNECTOR
H5
AIR FILTER CLOGGING INDICATOR
X33
21 WAY MARK CONNECTOR
H6
FUEL RESERVE INDICATOR
X34
3 WAY CONNECTOR
H7
NUMBER PLATE LIGHT
X35
2 WAY CONNECTOR
K1
STARTER RELAY
X36
4 WAY CONNECTOR
K2
GLOWPLUG CONTROL UNIT
X37
2 WAY CONNECTOR
K3
BRAKE RELAY
X38
2 WAY CONNECTOR
K4
DRIVING SEAT RELAY
X39
6 WAY DEUTSCH CONNECTOR
K5
FIELD COIL CONTROL UNIT
X40
7-PIN TRAILER CONNECTOR
K6
FIELD COIL RELAY
X5
90° 2 WAY CONNECTOR
K7
HOPPER/PTO RELAY
M1
STARTER MOTOR
Wire colours
P2
HOUR COUNTER
R1
GLOWPLUGS
S1
STARTING SWITCH BLOCK
S16
DRIVING SEAT SWITCH
S17
BRAKE SWITCH
S18
PTO SWITCH
S4
PRESSURE SWITCH FOR LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
S5
ENGINE COOLANT HIGH TEMPERATURE THERMOSTAT
S6
FUEL RESERVE
A B C G H L M N R S V Z
S7
AIR FILTER CLOGGED PRESSURE SWITCH
X1
POWER SOCKET
11/2003
1.3
4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1
LIGHT BLUE WHITE ORANGE YELLOW GREY DARK BLUE BROWN BLACK RED PINK GREEN PURPLE
7.2 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5
Note: The same colour codes are used to identify twocolour wires, for example: G/V = YELLOW/GREEN (cross stripes) G-V = YELLOW-GREEN (lengthwise stripes) chap. 09 - 23
9.1 9.2 A
9
SYSTEMS
1.1 Electrical system diagram - road lights kit 1.2
H5 H3 H4 S2 X50
1.3 2.1 2.2 X51
2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1
X15
4.1 4.2 X54
F1 F3 F5
X52 (H1)
F2 F4 F6
X53 (H2) HA1
4.3 Electrical system parts - road lights kit
5.1
Name
Description
Wire colours
5.2
F1 F2
10A FUSE, HORN 7.5A FUSE, SIDE LIGHTS 7.5A FUSE, SIDE LIGHTS, LICENCE PLATE LIGHT 7.5A FUSE, RX DIPPED BEAM 7.5A FUSE, LX DIPPED BEAM 10A FUSE, MAIN BEAM RX HEADLIGHT LX HEADLIGHT MAIN BEAM INDICATOR SIDE LIGHTS INDICATOR DIRECTION FLASHER INDICATOR HORN WARNING SWITCH 11 WAY MARK CONNECTOR 15-PIN MATE’N’LOCK 8 WAY CONNECTOR 6-PIN RX DEUTSCH CONNECTOR 6-PIN LX DEUTSCH CONNECTOR 6 WAY CONNECTOR
A B C G H L M N R S V Z
6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4
F3 F4 F5 F6 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 HA1 S2 X15 X50 X51 X52 X53 X54
LIGHT BLUE WHITE ORANGE YELLOW GREY DARK BLUE BROWN BLACK RED PINK GREEN PURPLE
Note: The same colour codes are used to identify twocolour wires in the following way: G/V = YELLOW/GREEN (cross stripes) G-V = YELLOW-GREEN (lengthwise stripes)
8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 09 - 24
IDM-C943800201.fm
4.4
IDM-43800223600.tif
SYSTEMS
9 1.1
Electrical system diagram - road lights kit 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-C943800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800223700.tif
11/2003
chap. 09 - 25
APPENDICES
A 1.1
Hydrostatic transmission 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-CA43800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800222300.tif
11/2003
chap. 0A - 1
APPENDICES
A
1.1 Hydrostatic transmission (PTO clutch) 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-CA43800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800222400.tif
11/2003
chap. 0A - 2
APPENDICES
A 1.1
Front axle 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-CA43800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800222500.tif
11/2003
chap. 0A - 3
APPENDICES
A
1.1
1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A
Pos.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52
11/2003
Description
Pos.
Description
WASHER, CYLINDER BARREL NEEDLE BEARING HK 2516 COVER PUMP VALVE PLATE, 9 PISTONS CYLINDER BARREL AND BUSHES D=13 SPRING, CYLINDER BARREL PISTON-SHOE ASSEMBLY D=13 CYLINDER BARREL AND BUSHES D=15 NEEDLE 2.5x23.8 9-HOLE SHOE RETAINER PISTON-SHOE ASSEMBLY D=15 ANTI-FRICTION WASHER SWASH PLATE BALLGUIDE CIRCLIP UNI 7437 SPACER RING PLUG, 3/8 BSP TOP COVER SCREW UNI 5739 O-RING 3231 SLIPPER RINGS 15x21.8 SCREW UNI5739 M8X25 COVER/PUMP FLANGE SCREW UNI5931 M8X20 GEAR PUMP O-RING 106 EXTERNAL SPRING PLUNGER, PTO BRAKE BALL BEARING 6205 CIRCLIP UNI 7436 OIL SEAL SHIM DOWEL 6x24 DIN 1481 WASHER 17X22X1.5 PLUG, 3/8 BSP TRANSMISSION HOUSING CROWN WHEEL Z39 M4.35 BOLT UNI 5739 M10x25 8.8 NEEDLE THRUST BEARING AX 10X22X2,8 BALL BEARING 6206 NEEDLE BEARING NUP 206 EC SPUR GEAR Z53 M2.5 CIRCLIP UNI 7435 ABUTMENT RING RW30 SPUR GEAR Z52 M2.5 BALL BEARING 6305 SHIM 40.3X61.7X1 CIRCLIP UNI 7437 SHIM 40.3X61.7 OIL SEAL 25X62X7 FRONT PINIONSHAFT Z8 M4.75 NEEDLE BEARING K20X26X17
53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104
PLUG 32X2 UNI 1663 P.T.O. SHAFT PLUG, 1/4”BSP DIN 908 SIGHT GLASS SCREW M10x35 UNI5931 PINIONSHAFT Z17 M2.5 COPPER WASHER ¼” BALL BEARING 6305 NR PLUG, 1/8” BSP O-RING 2.62x164.77 (2-165) 70SH MOTOR VALVE PLATE SHIM 25.2x34.8x1 WASHER, SCHNORR D.10 PLUG, HK 030-CK 55-111 INPUT SHAFT PLUG, 3/8” BSP ABUTMENT RING, SW30 DOWEL 6x14 UNI-EN 22338B DOWEL 6x70 UNI 1707 DOWEL 5x14 UNI 1707 NIPPLE, 1/4”BSP x 1/4”BSP SHOCK VALVE SPACER, 7x13x14.9 NEEDLE BEARING, HK25x30x20 NEEDLE 6x8 ABUTMENT RING, SW 47 EXTERNAL CLUTCH DISC INTERNAL CLUTCH DISC ABUTMENT RING, SW30 O-RING, -3256 O-RING, -2081 COVER, CLUTCH HOUSING PTO BRAKE PISTON EXTERNAL FRICTION DISC CIRCLIP UNI 7436 CLUTCH CYLINDER CLUTCH PISTON CIRCLIP 47.2x57.2 CLUTCH REACTION DISC RING, 25x35x6/6.5 TOP BUSH CLUTCH BUSH CIRCLIP UNI 7437 ABUTMENT RING CIRCLIP DIN 984 O-RING 2.62x44.12 (2-132) 70SH BUSH BUSH TENSION PIN, DIN 7343 TRUNNION PIVOT O-RING 115 BOLT UNI5931 M8x18 8.8
IDM-CA43800201.fm
Hydrostatic transmission parts 1.2
chap. 0A - 4
APPENDICES
A 1.1 1.2
Pos.
Description
Pos.
Description
105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124
OIL SEAL 50X68X10 WASHER 15X42X2.5 BOLT UNI 5740 M14x25 10.9 DRUM BRAKE
125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138
FRONT RH HALFSHAFT FRONT RH TRUMPET HOUSING DIFFERENTIAL LOCK ROD ABUTMENT RING DIFFERENTIAL LOCK COUPLER SUN GEAR Z16 M4.35 CROSS PIN WASHER 1/2 BSP PLUG Al 1/2 BSP WASHER 1/8 BSP PLUG EXTENDER, 3/8 BSP PLUG 1/8 BSP INLET VALVE DOWEL PIN 5x14
251 252 253 254 255 256
INPUT SHAFT BOLT UNI 5740 M14X25 OUTPUT SHAFT
CIRCLIP UNI 7437 BALL BEARING 6008/C3 CIRCLIP UNI 7436 FRONT LH HALFSHAFT BALL BEARING 6011 SHIM 55.3x67.7 PLUG, 3/4” BSP ALUMINIUM WASHER 3/4” BSP DIFFERENTIAL HOUSING SUN GEAR THRUST WASHER PLANET PINION THRUST PLATE PLANET PINION Z10 M4.35 BOLT UNI 5739 M10X25 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK FORK BOLT UNI5925 M6X10
1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2
SLEEVE CIRCLIP UNI 7437 CIRCLIP UNI 7437
4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2
IDM-CA43800201.fm
Clutch parts, second version Pos.
Description
Pos.
Description
11/01 12/01 27/01 29/01 30/01 31/01 32/01 33/01 35/01 36/01 37/01 38/01 40/01 43/01
COVER/PUMP FLANGE INPUT SHAFT OUTER FRICTION DISC CLUTCH PISTON CLUTCH CYLINDER PTO BRAKE PISTON BACKSTOP, PTO BRAKE SPRINGS CLUTCH SLEEVE SPRING, PTO BRAKE INLET SPACER REACTION DISC COVER INNER FRICTION DISC DIVIDER, PTO BRAKE SPRINGS
98/01 102/01 106/01 107/01 111/01 113/01 115/01 116/01 129/01 130/01 131/01 135/01 136/01
PLUG CIRCLIP 25 UNI 7435 CIRCLIP 30 UNI 7436 CIRCLIP 20 UNI 7436 ABUTMENT RING SW 47 ABUTMENT RING SB 26 ABUTMENT RING SW 24 CIRCLIP SLIPPER RING 15x21.8 O-RING 2118 O-RING 2081 O-RING 3243 O-RING 2262
11/2003
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A chap. 0A - 5
APPENDICES
A
1.1 Rear axle 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-CA43800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800222600.tif
11/2003
chap. 0A - 6
APPENDICES
A 1.1
Rear axle parts Pos.
Description
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35
LEFT HAND HALFSHAFT OIL SEAL 50X68X10 CIRCLIP 68 UNI 7437 BALL BEARING 6008/C3 CIRCLIP 40 UNI 7436 LEFT HAND TRUMPET HOUSING BALL BEARING 6011 DIFFERENTIAL SUN GEAR Z16 M4.35 SUN GEAR THRUST WASHER BOLT UNI 5739 M10X25 DOWEL 6X24 DIN 1481 BOLT UNI 5739 M10x25 CROWN WHEEL Z39 M4.75 PLANET PINION Z10 M4.35 WASHER 17X22X1.5 SIGHT GLASS 3/8” BSP THRUST PLATE DIFFERENTIAL HOUSING SHIM 55.3x67.7 DATA PLATE TAPPO 3/8 BSP RIGHT HAND TRUMPET HOUSING RIGHT HAND HALFSHAFT CROSS PIN DOWEL 10X20 DIN 7343 BALL BEARING 6305 ETN 9/C3 REAR AXLE PINIONSHAFT Z8 M4.75 SHIM 25.2X34.8X2 CIRCLIP 25 UNI 7436 OIL SEAL 25X52X7 SHIM 25.6x35.3 BALL BEARING 6205 BOLT UNI 5931 M10X30 SHIM 55.3x61.7
251 252 253
OUTPUT SHAFT SLEEVE CIRCLIP 22 UNI 7437
1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-CA43800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A 11/2003
chap. 0A - 7
APPENDICES
A
1.1 Central transmission 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 5.2 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.1 7.2 8.1
IDM-CA43800201.fm
8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.1 9.2 A IDM-43800222700.tif
11/2003
chap. 0A - 8
Rondò Baureihe 33
IDM-C043800201.fm
K 327 K 333
Handbuch für den technischen Kundendienst 11-2003
Cod. 47310050/01
2.25 hours = 2 hours and 15 minutes
0.25 hours = 0.25 x 60 minutes (e.g. 15 minutes)
To search for a part’s disassembly and reassembly time, check the times guide tables, which are arranged by functional machine assemblies and which contain references to the spare parts catalogue.
Example:
All the part replacement times are expressed in hours and tenths of hours. To find out how many minutes a tenth of an hour corresponds to, just multiply the latter by 60.
CONSULTATION INSTRUCTIONS
Warning: The servicing procedures adopted are the same described in the shop manuals or explained during the training courses offered at the manufacturer’s mechanics school.
The purpose of this repair time chart is to regulate, in a complete way, the specific times for each job, obtained with the aid of the Technical Assistance Office’s team. To measure the job times we worked on a mass-produced tractor, in normal using conditions, and obviously excluding particular cases. To ensure the above operations of a perfect result, the tractor must be clean on the outside and without any additional equipment. The operations are to be considered as carried out in an authorised A. Carraro workshop, provided with the special tools for workshops, equipped with average skilled staff and with the immediate availability of A. Carraro original spare parts. From the foreseen times we have exceeded the time taken for case diagnostic, for incidental de-seizures, for the extraction of any broken screws and the time for testing the machine after completion of the job. Every operation is considered as a single and complete job performed by one person. We do not consider the time taken by a second persona should one be needed to carry out particular operations.
INTRODUCTION
TIME TAKEN (hours):________________________________________________
CODE N°_______________________ CODE N° _________________________
CODE N°________________________CODE N° _________________________
SPECIAL WORK-SHOP EQUIPMENTS USED:
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
JOB DESCRIPTION:_________________________________________________
I wish to ask for your time revision for the above-mentioned operation. I declare that I have performed all the foreseen preliminary operations, obtaining the following results:
DETAIL N°.:___________TABLE(TAV):______FORESEEN TIME:_____________
MODEL:________________SERIES:__________CHASSIS N°.:______________
DEALER:__________________________________DATE:_____________________
TIMES REVISION REQUEST FORM
If dealers think that the times they have taken do not correspond to the times foreseen by the times chart, they may ask for a time revision by sending the A. Carraro Technical Assistance Office the time revision request, using the enclosed form. We advise you to send the revision request only after having performed at least three tests, following the method explained during the training courses or described in the shop manual, and using the special equipment specified. In the request, the part concerned must be clearly specified with the respective code number and the job carried out must be described, specifying the equipment used and stating the time taken.
TIMES REVISION REQUEST
Destro/a Sinistro/a Anteriore Posteriore Superiore Inferiore Esterno Interno Laterale Centrale Retromarcia Lente/Veloci Presa di potenza Standard Ingranaggio con 16 denti Coppia ingranaggi tra Z 15 e Z25 ar A richiesta Ø Diametro mm sp. Spessore mt. Fornito a metri Nr. Numero Ric. Ricambi Tav. Tavola Fg. Foglio Fig. Figura Q Quantità Mod. Modifica Soll. Sollevamento Con cabina Senza cabina Ore Tempo di sostituzione
Dx Sx ant. post. sup. inf. est. int. lat. centr. RM LV PTO st. Z16 Z15/25
Droit/e Gauche Avant Arrière Supérieur Inférieur Externe Interne Latéral Central Marche arrière Lentes/Rapides Prise de puissance De série Engrenage à 16 dents Couple engrenage entre Z15 et Z 25 ar Sur demande Ø Diamètre mm sp. Epaisseur mt. Fourni par mètre Nr. Numéro Ric. Pièces détachées Tav. Planche Fg. Page Fig. Dessin Q Quantité Mod. Modification Soll. Soulèvement Avec cabine Sans cabine Heures Temp de remplacement
Dx Sx ant. post. sup. inf. est. int. lat. centr. RM LV PTO st. Z16 Z15/25 Rechts Links Vorne Hinten Oben Unten Außen Innen Seitlich Mitte Ruckwartsgang Nieder-/Hochtourig Zapfwelle Standard Zahnrad mit 16 Zähnen Zahnradpaar Z15 und Z25 ar Auf Anfrage Ø Durchmesser mm sp. Starke mt. Vom Ifd. Meter lieferbar Nr. Nummer Ric. Ersatzteil Tav. Tafel Fg. Blatt Fig. Abbildung Q Menge Mod. Änderung Soll. Hebewerk Mit Kabine Ohne Kabine Stunden
Dx Sx ant. post. sup. inf. est. int. lat. centr. RM LV PTO st. Z16 Z15/25 Right-hand Left-hand Front Rear Upper Lower Outer Inner Lateral Central Reverse Gear Slow/Fast Power- take-off Standard 16-tooth gear Gear pair between Z15 and Z25 On request Diameter mm Thickness Supplied in metres Number Spares Table Sheet Figure Quantity Modification Lifting ar Ø sp. mt. Nr. Ric. Tav. Fg. Fig. Q Mod. Soll. With cab Without cab Hours Replacement time
Dx Sx ant. post. sup. inf. est. int. lat. centr. RM LV PTO st. Z16 Z15/25
Derecho/a Izquierdo/a Delantero Trasero Superior Inferior Exterior Interior Lateral Central Marcha atrás Lentas/Veloces Toma de fuerza Standard Engranaje de 16 dientes Par engranajes entre 15 y 25 ar Bajo pedido Ø Diámetro mm sp. Grosor mt. Suministrado por metros Nr. Nùmero Ric. Repuestos Tav. Lámina Fg. Hoja Fig. Figura Q Cantidad Mod. Modificaciòn Soll. Levantamiento Con cabina Sin cabina Horas Tiempos de sostitución
Dx Sx ant. post. sup. inf. est. int. lat. centr. RM LV PTO st. Z16 Z15/25
Abbreviazioni – Abréviations – Abkurzungen – Abbreviations – Abreviaturas
MOTORE
Applicazione motore Radiatore Marmitte scarico gas Filtro aria
AUTOTELAIO E TRASMISSIONE
Centrale Trasmissione centrale Scatola e trasmissione cambio Frizione PTO Gruppo coperchio Gruppi pompa motore Ponte anteriore Ponte posteriore Differenziale Stabilizzatori Ruote
COMANDI
Comando cambio gamme Comando PTO Comando pompa idrostatica Comando acceleratore Comando bloccaggio differenziale Comando freni Freno di stazionamento Freni Comando sterzo
GRUPPI AUSILIARI
Dispositivo attacco attrezzi Attacchi sollevamento
A
A1-10 A2-10 A3-10 A4-10
B
B1-10 B1-20 B2-10 B3-10 B4-10 B4-20 B5-10 B6-10 B7-10 B8-10 B9-10
C
C1-10 C2-10 C3-10 C4-10 C5-10 C6-10 C6-20 C6-30 C7-10
D
D1-10 D1-20
IMPIANTO ELETTRICO Impianto elettrico anteriore Impianto elettrico centrale Impianto elettrico posteriore Strumentazione Strumentazione complementare
F F1-10 F2-10 F3-10 F4-10 F4-20
Cofanatura Cofanatura Piattaforma Serbatoio Telaio di sicurezza Struttura Tetto e sottotetto Vetro frontale Paratia posteriore Porta Impianto elettrico cabina Sedile Impianto elettrico cabina Applicazione raccoglitore Adesivi e targhette
CARROZZERIA
E E1-10 E1-20 E2-10 E3-10 E4-10 E5-10 E5-20 E5-30 E5-40 E5-50 E5-60 E6-10 E6-50 E7-10 E8-10
Impianto idraulico da pompa a idroguida Impianto idraulico da idroguida a sollevamento Prese idrauliche Impianto idraulico motore
D2-10 D3-10 D4-10 D5-10
INDICE DEI SOTTOGRUPPI
MOTEUR
Application moteur Radiateur Pot d'échappement gaz Filtre air
CHÂSSIS ET TRANSMISSION
Central Transmission centrale Boite et transmission boite de vitesse Embrayage PTO Groupe couvercle Groupes pompe moteur Essieu avant Essieu arriere Differentiel Stabilisateurs Roues
COMMANDES
Commande gammes Commande PTO Commande pompe hydrostatique Commande accelerateur Commande blocage differentiel Commande freins Frein de stationnement Freins Commande direction
GROUPES AUXILIAIRES
Dispositif attache des outils Attelage élévateur
A
A1-10 A2-10 A3-10 A4-10
B
B1-10 B1-20 B2-10 B3-10 B4-10 B4-20 B5-10 B6-10 B7-10 B8-10 B9-10
C
C1-10 C2-10 C3-10 C4-10 C5-10 C6-10 C6-20 C6-30 C7-10
D
D1-10 D1-20
F1-10 F2-10 F3-10 F4-10 F4-20
F
Installation electrique avant Installation electrique centrale Installation electrique arriere Instruments Instruments complementaires
INSTALLATION ÉLECTRIQUE
Coffre Coffre Plate-forme Reservoir Chassis de securité Structure Toit et rembourrage Vitre frontal Cloison postérieur Porte Installation electrique cabine Siège Installation electrique cabine Application bac de ramassage Autocollants et plaquettes
CARROSSERIE
E E1-10 E1-20 E2-10 E3-10 E4-10 E5-10 E5-20 E5-30 E5-40 E5-50 E5-60 E6-10 E6-50 E7-10 E8-10
Installation hydraulique de la pompe a hydroguide Installation hydraulique de l'hydroguide au soulevement Prises hydrauliques Installation hydraulique moteur
D2-10 D3-10 D4-10 D5-10
INDEX DES SOUS-GROUPES
MOTEUR
Anbringung des Motors Küler Abgas-auspufftöpfe Luftfilter
FAHRGESTELL UND ÜBERTRAGUNGEN
Zentral Zentraler Antrieb Gehäuse und schaltgetriebe Zapfwellenkupplung Deckel Gruppen Motorpumpe Vorderachse Hinterachse Differential Stabilisatoren Räder
STEUERUNGEN
Geschwindigkeitstufesteuerung PTO Steuerung Hydrostatischepumpesteuerung Gassteuerung Steuerungen differentialblockierung Bremssteuerung Feststellbremse o Handbremse Bremsen Lenksteuerung
HILFSORGANE
Geratkupplungsvorrichtung Hubwerkkupplung
A
A1-10 A2-10 A3-10 A4-10
B
B1-10 B1-20 B2-10 B3-10 B4-10 B4-20 B5-10 B6-10 B7-10 B8-10 B9-10
C
C1-10 C2-10 C3-10 C4-10 C5-10 C6-10 C6-20 C6-30 C7-10
D
D1-10 D1-20
ELEKTRISCHE ANLAGE Vordere elektrische Anlage Mittlere elektrische Anlage Hintere elektrische Anlage Instrumentierung Zusätzliche Instrumentierung
F F1-10 F2-10 F3-10 F4-10 F4-20
Haube Haube Plattform Tank Sicherheitsrahmen Struktur Dach und Dachboden Frontscheibe Hinterschott Tür Kabine elektrische Anlage Sitz Kabine elektrische Anlage Sammelbehältervorrichtung Aufkleber und schilder
KAROSSERIE
E E1-10 E1-20 E2-10 E3-10 E4-10 E5-10 E5-20 E5-30 E5-40 E5-50 E5-60 E6-10 E6-50 E7-10 E8-10
Hydroanlage von der Pumpe zur Hydrolenkung Hydraulikanlage von der Hydrolenkung zum Hebewerk Hydraulik-Steckdosen Hydraulikanlage des Motors
D2-10 D3-10 D4-10 D5-10
VERZEICHNIS DER UNTERGRUPPEN
ENGINE
Engine fitting Radiator Gas outlet silencers Air filter
CHASSIS AND TRANSMISSION
Center Central transmission Gearbox and transmission PTO clutch Cover group Engine pump group Front axle Rear axle Differential Stabilizer Wheels
CONTROLS
Speed gear controls PTO control Hydrostatic pump control Accelerator control Differential blockage control Brake control Parking brake Brakes Steering wheel control
SUPPLEMENTARY EQUIPMENT
Equipment attaching device Lifting attachment or hitch
A
A1-10 A2-10 A3-10 A4-10
B
B1-10 B1-20 B2-10 B3-10 B4-10 B4-20 B5-10 B6-10 B7-10 B8-10 B9-10
C
C1-10 C2-10 C3-10 C4-10 C5-10 C6-10 C6-20 C6-30 C7-10
D
D1-10 D1-20
ELECTRIC SYSTEM Front electric system Rear electric system Rear electric system Instruments Supplementary instruments
F F1-10 F2-10 F3-10 F4-10 F4-20
Bonnet Bonnet Platform Tank Safety chassis Structure Roof and underroof Front glass Rear bulkhead Door Cab electric system Seat Cab electric system Picker application Stickers and identification plates
BODY
E E1-10 E1-20 E2-10 E3-10 E4-10 E5-10 E5-20 E5-30 E5-40 E5-50 E5-60 E6-10 E6-50 E7-10 E8-10
Hydraulic system from pump to hydrodrive Hydraulic system from hydrodrive to lifting Hydraulic couplings Engine hydraulic system
D2-10 D3-10 D4-10 D5-10
SUBGROUP INDEX
MOTOR
Aplicación motor Radiator Tubos de escape gases Filtro aire
CHASIS Y TRANSMISIONES
Central Transmisiòn centrale Caja y transmission cambio Embrague PTO Conjunto tapa Conjunto bomba motor Eje delantero Eje trasero Diferencial Estabilizadores Ruedas
MANDOS
Mando gamas Mando PTO Mando bomba hidrostàtica Mando acelerador Mando bloqueo diferencial Mando frenos Freno de mano Frenos Mando dirección
ORGANOS SUBSIDIARIOS
Enganche de los utiles Ataque elevador
A
A1-10 A2-10 A3-10 A4-10
B
B1-10 B1-20 B2-10 B3-10 B4-10 B4-20 B5-10 B6-10 B7-10 B8-10 B9-10
C
C1-10 C2-10 C3-10 C4-10 C5-10 C6-10 C6-20 C6-30 C7-10
D
D1-10 D1-20
INSTALACIÓN ELÉCTRICA Instalación electrica delantero Instalación electrica trasera Instalación electrica trasero Instrumental Intrumental complementario
F F1-10 F2-10 F3-10 F4-10 F4-20
Capó Capó Plataforma Depósito Bastidor de seguridad Estructura Techo y revestimiento subtecho Cristal frontal Mamparo posterior Puerta Instalación electrica cabina Asiento Instalación electrica cabina Aplicaciòn contenedor de recogida Adhesivos y placas
CARROCERÍA
E E1-10 E1-20 E2-10 E3-10 E4-10 E5-10 E5-20 E5-30 E5-40 E5-50 E5-60 E6-10 E6-50 E7-10 E8-10
Instalación hidráulica de bomba a hidroguía Instalacion hidraulica de hidroguia a elevador Tomas hidráulicas Instalacion hidraulica motor
D2-10 D3-10 D4-10 D5-10
INDICE DE LOS SUBGRUPOS
PROSPECTO DE PROGRAMMATION DE TIEMPOS DE TRABAJO
TIMES BOARDS
ZEITENTABELLEN
TABLEAUX DES TEMPS
TAVOLE DEI TEMPI
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
APPLICAZIONE MOTORE APPLICATION MOTEUR ANBRINGUNG DES MOTORS ENGINE FITTING APLICACIÓN MOTOR
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. A1-10
Boccola TFP 707540
Ventola motore
Motore
1
3
4
DENOMINAZIONE
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
A1-10
Moteur
Eventoir
Douille
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Motor
Lüfter
Buchse
BENENNUNG
Engine
Fan
Bush
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Motor
Ventilador
Casquillo
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
4
0,75
2,75
Senza cabina
4
0,75
2,75
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
RADIATORE RADIATEUR KÜLER RADIATOR RADIATOR
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. A2-10
A2-10
Convoyeur
Manchon
Convogliatore aria
Manicotto acqua pompa-radiatore
Manicotto da radiatore a pompa
Guarnizione
Riga supporto radiatore
Serbatoio acqua
4
7
12
13
21
28
Radiateur
Rete antiintasamento per radiatori
Réservoir
Barre
Joint
Manchon
Grille
Radiatore acqua
DESIGNATION
2
DENOMINAZIONE
Tav.
1
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
Tank
Schiene
Dichtung
Muffe
Muffe
Kühlerhaube
Gitter
Kühler
BENENNUNG
Tank
Line
Gasket
Sleeve
Sleeve
Conveyor
Frame
Radiator
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Depósito
Barra
Junta
Manguito
Manguito
Convertor
Red
Radiador
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,15
0,1
0,15
1
1
0,75
0,1
1,5
Senza cabina
0,15
0,1
0,15
1
1
0,75
0,1
1,5
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
MARMITTE SCARICO GAS POT D'ECHAPPEMENT GAZ ABGAS-AUSPUFFTÖPFE GAS OUTLET SILENCERS TUBOS DE ESCAPE GASES
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. A3-10
Fonoassorbente
Protezione marmitta
Marmitta
5
9
DENOMINAZIONE
1
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
A3-10
Pot d'échappement
Protection
Isolant-acoustique
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Auspuffrohr
Schutz
Schallschluckendes
BENENNUNG
Silencer
Shield
Sound absorbing
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Silenciador
Protección
Fonoabsorbente
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,25
0,35
0,35
Senza cabina
0,25
0,35
0,35
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
FILTRO ARIA FILTRE AIR LUFTFILTER AIR FILTER FILTRO AIRE
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. A4-10
Manicotto aspirazione filtro motore
Indicatore di intasamento
Supporto filtro aria
Feltro
Bretella
Cartuccia
Guarnizione
Coperchio
Valvola a membrana
Filtro aria
3
4
8
9
10
11
14
15
16
DENOMINAZIONE
2
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
A4-10
Filtre
Soupape
Couvercle
Joint
Cartouche
Bretelle
Feutre
Support
Indicateur
Manchon
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Luftfilter
Ventil
Abdeckung
Dichtung
Einsatz
Träger
Filz
Halterung
Anzeiger
Muffe
BENENNUNG
Filter
Valve
Lid
Gasket
Cartridge
Brace
Felt
Support
Indicator
Sleeve
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Filtro
Válvula
Tapa
Junta
Cartucho
Refuerzo
Fieltro
Soporte
Indicador
Manguito
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,2
0,1
0,1
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,2
Senza cabina
0,2
0,1
0,1
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,2
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
CENTRALE CENTRAL ZENTRAL CENTER CENTRAL
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. B1-10
Coussinet en bronze
Barre
Riga fermo soffietto
Bronzina
Riga fermo soffietto
Soffietto snodo centrale
Perno superiore snodo centrale
Perno inferiore snodo centrale
Attacco flangia motore
4
5
9
10
14
21
26
Arrache
Pivot
Pivot
Soufflet
Barre
Douille
Boccola
Corps
Corpetto centrale completo
DESIGNATION
B1-10
2
DENOMINAZIONE
Tav.
1
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
Kupplung
Zapfen
Zapfen
Faltenbalg
Schiene
Bronzelager
Schiene
Buchse
Kรถrper
BENENNUNG
Hitch
Pin
Pin
Bellows
Line
Bronze bushing
Line
Bush
Body
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Enganche
Perno
Perno
Fuelle
Barra
Casquillo de bronce
Barra
Casquillo
Cuerpo
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
2
0,3
0,3
1,25
0,1
1,5
0,1
0,75
4
Senza cabina
2,25
0,3
0,3
1,5
0,1
1,75
0,1
0,75
4,25
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
TRASMISSIONE CENTRALE TRANSMISSION CENTRAL ZENTRALER ANTRIEB CENTRAL TRANSMISSION TRANSMISIÒN CENTRALE
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. B1-20
B1-20
Palier
Arbre
Piastrina fermo cuscinetto
Cuscinetto
Alberino di ingresso
Cuscinetto
Manicotto
Albero di uscita
Piastrina fermo cuscinetto
Giunto cardanico doppio inferiore
7
8
9
13
14
16
20
21
Joint
Plaquette
Arbre
Manchon
Palier
Plaquette
Casque
Joint
Giunto cardanico doppio primario
Cuffia portagrasso albero primario
DESIGNATION
3
DENOMINAZIONE
Tav.
2
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
kupplung
Plättchen
Welle
Muffe
Lager
Spindel
Lager
Plättchen
Kappe
kupplung
BENENNUNG
Joint
Plate
Shaft
Sleeve
Bearing
Small shaft
Bearing
Plate
Casing
Joint
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Junta
Plaquita
Arbol
Manguito
Cojinete
Eje
Cojinete
Plaquita
Casquete
Junta
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
1,25
1,25
1,5
1,5
1,5
1,5
1,5
1,25
1,25
1,75
Senza cabina
1,5
1,5
1,75
1,75
1,75
1,75
1,75
1,5
1,5
2
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
SCATOLA E TRASMISSIONE CAMBIO BOITE ET TRANSMISSION BOITE DE VITESSE GEHÄUSE UND SCHALTGETRIEBE GEARBOX AND TRANSMISSION CAJA Y TRANSMISSION CAMBIO
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. B2-10
Anello di tenuta
Cuscinetto a sfere
Ingranaggio
40
35
39
Gabbia a rullini
34
36
Albero pignone
Anello
33
Gabbia a rulli
Cuscinetto a rulli
32
Coppia conica
27
28
Albero PTO
Ingranaggio
Cuscinetto a sfere
24
26
Anello di tenuta slippers
23
25
Coperchio superiore
Albero entrata
19
Cuscinetto a sfere
Prolunga 3/8 Gas
17
22
Tappo sfiato
16
20
Anello di tenuta
Spessore
12
Tappo ad espansione
Cuscinetto a sfere
11
15
Coperchio attacco pompa
13
Scatola cambio
8
Trasmissione idrostatica completa
DENOMINAZIONE
10
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
Engrenage
Palier
Bague d'étanchéité
Cage à roulements
Bague OR
Arbre
Palier
Cage à roulements
Couple conique
Engrenage
Arbre
Palier
Bague d'étanchéité
Palier
Couvercle
Arbre
Rallonge
Bouchon
Bouchon
Bague d'étanchéité
Epaisseur
Palier
Getriebe
Lager
Dichtring
Walzenkäfig
O-Ring
Welle
Lager
Walzenkäfig
Kegelradtrieb
Getriebe
Welle
Lager
Dichtring
Lager
Abdeckung
Welle
Verlängerung
Stopfen
Stopfen
Dichtring
Zwischenlegscheibe
Lager
Abdeckung
Kompletter Hydrostatischer Fahrantrieb Gehäuse
Trasmission hydrostatique complète Boîte
Couvercle
BENENNUNG
B2-10
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Gearing
Bearing
Check ring
Needle retainer
OR Ring
Shaft
Bearing
Needle retainer
Crown wheel and pinion
Gearing
Shaft
Bearing
Check ring
Bearing
Lid
Shaft
Extension
Cap
Cap
Check ring
Shim
Bearing
Lid
Complete Hydrostatic transmission Gear box
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Engranaje
Cojinete
Anillo hermética
Jaula de agujas
Anillo OR
Arbol
Cojinete
Jaula de agujas
Par cónico
Engranaje
Arbol
Cojinete
Anillo hermética
Cojinete
Tapa
Arbol
Alargadera
Tapón
Tapón
Anillo hermética
Chapeta
Cojinete
Tapa
Transmisión hidrostática completa Caja
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
9
6
2,25
5
5
5
5
5
6
9
9
9
9
9
2,25
9
2
2
0,1
0,25
0,25
9
1,5
9
6,5
Senza cabina
9,5
6,5
2,75
5,5
5,5
5,5
5,5
5,5
6,5
9,5
9,5
9,5
9,5
9,5
2,75
9,5
2,5
2,5
0,1
0,25
0,25
9,5
1,5
9,5
7
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
FRIZIONE PTO EMBRAYAGE PTO ZAPFWELLENKUPPLUNG PTO CLUTCH EMBRAGUE PTO
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. B3-10
Boccola frizione
Controdisco frizione
Coperchio campana frizione
Ralla
Gabbia a rulli
16
18
20
21
22
Disco frizione esterno
11
Pacco dischi
Anello di tenuta slippers
15
Anello OR
9
10
Pistone frizione
Pistone freno PTO
8
Anello OR
Bague OR
Anello OR
6
14
Piston
Cilindro frizione
5
Cage à roulements
Rondelle
Couvercle
Contre-disque embrayage
Douille
Paquet de disques
Bague OR
Piston
Disque
Bague d'étanchéité
Bague OR
Cylindre
Goupille
Spina freno PTO
Ressort
Molla esterna
13
B3-10
DESIGNATION
4
DENOMINAZIONE
Tav.
3
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
Walzenkäfig
Unterlegscheibe
Abdeckung
Buchse Gegenscheibe der Zapfwellekupplung
Scheibenpaket
O-Ring
Kolben
Scheibe
Dichtring
O-Ring
Kolben
O-Ring
Zylinder
Stift
Feder
BENENNUNG
Needle retainer
Washer
Lid
Support disk clutch
Bush
Set of discs
OR Ring
Piston
Disk
Check ring
OR Ring
Piston
OR Ring
Cylinder
Pin
Spring
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Jaula de rodillos
Arandela
Tapa
Contra-disco embrague
Casquillo
Paquete discos
Anillo OR
Pistón
Disco
Anillo hermética
Anillo OR
Pistón
Anillo OR
Cilindro
Chaveta
Resorte
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
9
9
9
9
9
9
2
2
1,75
1,75
1,75
1,75
2
2
1
1
Senza cabina
9,5
9,5
9,5
9,5
9,5
9,5
2
2
1,75
1,75
1,75
1,75
2
2
1
1
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
GRUPPO COPERCHIO GROUPE COUVERCLE DECKEL COVER GROUP CONJUNTO TAPA
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. B4-10
Palier
Cage à roulements
Distributore motore
Valvola antiurto
Valvola di alimentazione
Cuscinetto assiale a rulli
Gabbia a rullini AX 10 x 22 x 2,8
Anello di tenuta Babsl 25 x 35 x 6 NBR
Coperchio idraulico
2
3
4
6
9
12
13
Couvercle
Bague d'étanchéité
Soupape
Soupape
Distributeur
Distributeur
Distributore sinistro
1
DESIGNATION
B4-10
DENOMINAZIONE
Tav.
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
Abdeckung
Dichtring
Walzenkäfig
Lager
Ventil
Ventil
Verteiler
Verteiler
BENENNUNG
Lid
Check ring
Needle retainer
Bearing
Valve
Valve
Distributor
Distributor
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Tapa
Anillo hermética
Jaula de agujas
Cojinete
Válvula
Válvula
Distribuidor
Distribuidor
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
5
4
5
5
0,5
4
5
5
Senza cabina
5,5
4,5
5,5
5,5
0,5
4,5
5,5
5,5
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
GRUPPI POMPA MOTORE GROUPES POMPE MOTEUR GRUPPEN MOTORPUMPE ENGINE PUMP GROUP CONJUNTO BOMBA MOTOR
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. B4-20
(destro)
(sinistro)
Anello di tenuta
Anello di tenuta
4
(pompa)
Groupe
Groupe
Gruppo oscillante pompa
Gruppo oscillante motore
12
Douille
Bague
Oscillant
Oscillant
Boccola inferiore
Oscillante
8
Douille
11
(motore)
Oscillante
7
Bague OR
Douille
Bague d'étanchéité
Bague d'étanchéité
Groupe tournant
Groupe tournant
Anello antigrippaggio
Boccola nastro
6
(motor)
(pompe)
B4-20
DESIGNATION
Tav.
9
(pompa)
Boccola superiore
Anello OR
5
(motore)
Gruppo rotante
Gruppo rotante
2
DENOMINAZIONE
1
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
Gruppe
Gruppe
Buchse
Ring
Schwinger
Schwinger
Buchse
O-Ring
Buchse
Dichtring
Dichtring
Drehgruppe
Drehgruppe
BENENNUNG
(motor)
(pumpe)
Group
Group
Bush
Ring
Oscillator
Oscillator
Bush
OR Ring
Bush
Check ring
Check ring
Rotating unit
Rotating unit
DESCRIPTION
(engine)
(pump)
Da matr. 00001
Grupo
Grupo
Casquillo
Anillo
Oscillante
Oscilante
Casquillo
Anillo OR
Casquillo
Anillo hermética
Anillo hermética
Grupo rodante
Grupo rodante
(motor)
(bomba)
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
5,25
9
5,25
5
5,25
9
5,25
5,25
5,25
2
0,75
5
5
Senza cabina
5,75
9,5
5,75
5,5
5,75
9,5
5,75
5,75
5,75
2,25
0,75
5,5
5,5
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
PONTE ANTERIORE ESSIEU AVANT VORDERACHSE FRONT AXLE EJE DELANTERO
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. B5-10
Semiasse
Anello di tenuta
Cuscinetto a sfere
Semiassale anteriore
Manicotto blocco differenziale
Semiasse
2
4
6
8
9
DENOMINAZIONE
1
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
B5-10
Demi-essieu
Manchon
Demi-essieu
Palier
Bague d'étanchéité
Demi-essieu
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Achswelle
Muffe
Vordere Halbachse
Lager
Dichtring
Achswelle
BENENNUNG
Axle shaft
Sleeve
Front axle shaft
Bearing
Check ring
Axle shaft
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Semieje
Manguito
Semieje
Cojinete
Anillo hermética
Semieje
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
1
1
2
1
1
1
Senza cabina
1
1
2
1
1
1
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
PONTE POSTERIORE ESSIEU ARRIERE HINTERACHSE REAR AXLE EJE TRASERO
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. B6-10
Semiasse scatola posteriore
Cuscinetto a sfere
Semiassale posteriore
Semiasse
17
23
24
Cuscinetto a sfere
13
Coppia conica
Anello di tenuta
11
16
Semiasse
15
Anello di tenuta Basl
7
10
Demi-essieu
Demi-essieu
Palier
Couple conique
Demi-essieu
Palier
Bague d'étanchéité
Demi-essieu
Bague d'étanchéité
Cuscinetto a sfere
Pont arriere
Palier
Ponte posteriore
DESIGNATION
B6-10
3
DENOMINAZIONE
Tav.
2
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
Achswelle
Hinteres Halbachse
Lager
Kegelradtrieb
Achswelle
Lager
Dichtring
Achswelle
Dichtring
Lager
Hintere Achse
BENENNUNG
Axle shaft
Rear axle shaft
Bearing
Crown wheel and pinion
Axle shaft
Bearing
Check ring
Axle shaft
Check ring
Bearing
Rear bridge
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Semieje
Semieje
Cojinete
Par cónico
Semieje
Cojinete
Anillo hermética
Semieje
Anillo hermética
Cojinete
Eje trasero
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
1
2
1,75
3
3,5
1
1
1
1,75
1,75
1,75
Senza cabina
1
2
1,75
3
3,5
1
1
1
1,75
1,75
1,75
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
DIFFERENZIALE DIFFERENTIEL DIFFERENTIAL DIFFERENTIAL DIFERENCIAL
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. B7-10
DENOMINAZIONE
Cuscinetto a sfere
Scatola differenziale
Ralla planetario
Planetario
Perno satellite
Satellite
Ralla satellite
Differenziale completo
FIG.
1
3
5
6
8
9
10
12
Tempario Serie 33
B7-10
Différentiel
Crapaudine
Satellite
Pivot
Planétaire
Crapaudine
Boîte différentiel
Palier
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Differential
Scheibe
Planetenrad
Zapfen
Planetengetriebe
Scheibe
Differentialgehäuse
Lager
BENENNUNG
Differential
Fifth wheel
Planetary gear
Pin
Bevel drive
Fifth wheel
Differential gear box
Bearing
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Diferencial
Chumacera
Satéllite
Perno
Pinon satelite
Chumacera
Caja diferencial
Cojinete
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,75
1,5
1,5
1,5
1,5
1,5
1,5
0,75
Senza cabina
0,75
1,5
1,5
1,5
1,5
1,5
1,5
0,75
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
STABILIZZATORI STABILISATEURS STABILISATOR STABILIZER ESTABILIZADORES
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. B8-10
Stabilizzatore
Molla stabilizzatore
Perno inferiore registro stabilizzatore
5
6
7
Stabilizzatore completo
Perno superiore registro stabilizzatore
4
DENOMINAZIONE
3
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
B8-10
Pivot
Ressort
Stabilisateur
Pivot
Stabilisateur complet
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Zapfen
Feder
Stabilisator
Zapfen
Kompletter Stabilisator
BENENNUNG
Pin
Spring
Stabilizer
Pin
Complete stabilizer
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Perno
Resorte
Estabilizador
Perno
Estabilizador completo
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,6
0,6
0,6
0,6
0,4
Senza cabina
0,6
0,6
0,6
0,6
0,4
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
RUOTE ROUES RÄDER WHEELS RUEDAS
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. B9-10
2
FIG.
Distanziale ruota
DENOMINAZIONE
Tempario Serie 33
B9-10
Entretoise
DESIGNATION
Tav. Distanzstück
BENENNUNG Spacer
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001 Separador
DENOMINACIONES
A matr. 0,25
Senza cabina 0,25
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
COMANDO CAMBIO GAMME COMMANDE GAMMES GESCHWINDIGKEITSTUFESTEUERUNG SPEED GEAR CONTROLS MANDO GAMAS
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. C1-10
C1-10
Molla
Leva comando velocita'
12
Levier
Ressort
Ressort
Molla
9
11
Levier
Barre
Leva selezione velocita'
Riga selettore
DESIGNATION
7
DENOMINAZIONE
Tav.
4
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
Hebel
Feder
Feder
Schiene
Hebel
BENENNUNG
Lever
Spring
Spring
Line
Lever
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Palanca
Resorte
Resorte
Barra
Palanca
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
1,5
0,4
0,4
0,5
1
Senza cabina
1,75
0,4
0,4
0,5
1
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
COMANDO PTO COMMANDE PTO PTO STEUERUNG PTO CONTROL MANDO PTO
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. C2-10
Leva comando deviatore
Deviatore comando PTO
Tubo mandata da valvola a PTO
Tirante disinserimento comando PTO
Riga disinserimento comando PTO
Molla
Tubo comando PTO
Tubo scarico PTO
7
10
16
19
20
21
22
DENOMINAZIONE
3
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
C2-10
Tuyau
Tuyau
Ressort
Barre
Tirant
Tuyau
Déviateur
Levier
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Rohr
Rohr
Feder
Schiene
Zugstange
Rohr
Verteiler
Hebel
BENENNUNG
Pipe
Pipe
Spring
Line
Tie rod
Pipe
Switch
Lever
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Tubo
Tubo
Resorte
Barra
Tirante
Tubo
Desviador
Palanca
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
2
0,25
0,15
0,15
0,2
0,25
0,75
0,25
Senza cabina
2,25
0,25
0,15
0,2
0,2
0,25
0,75
0,25
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
COMANDO POMPA IDROSTATICA COMMANDE POMPE HYDROSTATIQUE HYDROSTATISCHEPUMPESTEUERUNG HYDROSTATIC PUMP CONTROL MANDO BOMBA HIDROSTÀTICA
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. C3-10
Pedalina avanzamento completa
Leva comando rinvio
Tirante comandi
Copripedale avanzamento
Pedale comando marcia avanti completo
Leva rinvio comandi completo
Tirante comandi registrabile
Ammortizzatore comando pompa
Tirante completo comandi
Leva comando pompa
Tirante comando pompa completo
14
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
26
30
44
Pedale marcia indietro completo
Tirante comandi
12
Pedalina retro completa
9
11
Boccola
Copripedale retro
8
DENOMINAZIONE
6
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
C3-10
Tirant
Levier
Tirant
Amortisseur
Tirant
Levier
Pédale
Couvre-pédale
Tirant
Levier
Pédale
Tirant
Pédale
Pédale
Couvre-pédale
Douille
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Zugstange
Hebel
Zugstange
Stoßdämpfer
Zugstange
Hebel
Pedal
Pedalabdeckung
Zugstange
Hebel
Pedal
Zugstange
Pedal
Pedal
Pedalabdeckung
Buchse
BENENNUNG
Tie rod
Lever
Tie rod
Shock absorber
Tie rod
Lever
Pedal
Pedal cover
Tie rod
Lever
Pedal
Tie rod
Pedal
Pedal
Pedal cover
Bush
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Tirante
Palanca
Tirante
Amortiguador
Tirante
Palanca
Pedal
Cubrepedal
Tirante
Palanca
Pedal
Tirante
Pedal
Pedal
Cubrepedal
Casquillo
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,5
0,5
0,75
0,15
0,75
0,3
0,5
0,1
0,15
0,25
0,15
0,15
1,75
0,1
0,1
1,75
Senza cabina
0,5
0,5
0,75
0,15
0,75
0,3
0,5
0,1
0,15
0,25
0,15
0,15
2,25
0,1
0,1
2,25
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
COMANDO ACCELERATORE COMMANDE ACCELERATEUR GASSTEUERUNG ACCELERATOR CONTROL MANDO ACELERADOR
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. C4-10
Trasmissione flessibile
Leva acceleratore
6
DENOMINAZIONE
3
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
C4-10
Levier
Transmission
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Hebel
Getriebe
BENENNUNG
Lever
Transmission
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Palanca
Transmisiรณn
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,25
0,5
Senza cabina
0,25
0,5
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
COMANDO BLOCCAGGIO DIFFERENZIALE COMMANDE BLOCAGE DIFFERENTIEL STEUERUNGEN DIFFERENTIALBLOCKIERUNG DIFFERENTIAL BLOCKAGE CONTROL MANDO BLOQUEO DIFERENCIAL
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. C5-10
Asta comando bloccaggio differenziale
Molla
Leva comando bloccaggio differenziale
Perno blocco differenziale
Asta blocco differenziale
Forcella bloccaggio differenziale
4
7
10
11
15
DENOMINAZIONE
2
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
C5-10
Fourche
Tige
Pivot
Levier
Ressort
Tige
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Gabelstück
Stange
Zapfen
Hebel
Feder
Stange
BENENNUNG
Fork
Rod
Pin
Lever
Spring
Rod
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Horquilla
Varilla
Perno
Palanca
Resorte
Varilla
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
1,25
1,25
1
0,15
0,15
0,15
Senza cabina
1,25
1,25
1
0,15
0,15
0,15
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
COMANDO FRENI COMMANDE FREINS BREMSSTEUERUNG BRAKE CONTROL MANDO FRENOS
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. C6-10
Pedalina freno completa
Tirante freno completo
Supporto albero comandi
17
27
Pedale freno completo
16
26
Tirante freno
15
Boccola
Copripedale
13
Tirante registrabile freni
Riga fermo pedale freno
11
22
Perno rotazione comandi
8
20
Pedalina freno completa
Pedale freno completo
4
DENOMINAZIONE
3
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
C6-10
Tirant
Pédale
Tirant
Douille
Support
Pédale
Tirant
Couvre-pédale
Barre
Pivot
Pédale
Pédale
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Zugstange
Pedal
Zugstange
Buchse
Halterung
Pedal
Zugstange
Pedalabdeckung
Schiene
Zapfen
Pedal
Pedal
BENENNUNG
Tie rod
Pedal
Tie rod
Bush
Support
Pedal
Tie rod
Pedal cover
Line
Pin
Pedal
Pedal
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Tirante
Pedal
Tirante
Casquillo
Soporte
Pedal
Tirante
Cubrepedal
Barra
Perno
Pedal
Pedal
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,3
0,1
0,25
1
1
1
0,25
0,1
0,1
1
1
0,15
Senza cabina
0,3
0,1
0,25
1
1
1
0,25
0,1
0,1
1
1
0,15
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
FRENO DI STAZIONAMENTO FREIN DE STATIONNEMENT FESTSTELLBREMSE O HANDBREMSE PARKING BRAKE FRENO DE MANO
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. C6-20
Staffa pedale acceleratore
Leva freno di stazionamento completa
Perno freno di stazionamento
Molla
4
6
7
DENOMINAZIONE
2
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
C6-20
Ressort
Pivot
Levier
Etrier
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Feder
Zapfen
Hebel
Bügel
BENENNUNG
Spring
Pin
Lever
Bracket
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Resorte
Perno
Palanca
Estribo
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,1
Senza cabina
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,1
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
FRENI FREINS BREMSEN BRAKES FRENOS
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. C6-30
Tambour
Levier frein droite
Levier frein gauche
Perno oliva
Molla
Leva freno destra
Leva freno sinistra
6
7
8
Ressort
Pivot
Bride
Couple ressorts
Coppia molle
Flangia
Couple mâchoires
5
Coppia ganascie
C6-30
DESIGNATION
Tav.
3
Tamburo freno
2
DENOMINAZIONE
1
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
Linker Bremshebel
Rechter Bremshebel
Feder
Zapfen
Flansch
Feder
Bremsbacken
Trommel
BENENNUNG
Left brake lever
Right brake lever
Spring
Pin
Flange
Pair of springs
Pair of brake shoes
Drum
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Planca freno izquierda
Planca freno derecha
Resorte
Perno
Brida
Par muelles
Par zapatas
Tambor
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,15
0,15
0,1
0,4
1,25
0,3
0,3
0,2
Senza cabina
0,15
0,15
0,1
0,4
1,25
0,3
0,3
0,2
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
COMANDO STERZO COMMANDE DIRECTION LENKSTEUERUNG STEERING WHEEL CONTROL MANDO DIRECCIÓN
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. C7-10
DENOMINAZIONE
Supporto idroguida
Idroguida OSPM 50 PB
Volante Ø 360
Impugnatura
Asta posizionatrice torretta
Serie guanizioni (23405018)
Cilindro a doppio effetto
Boccola MB 2015 DU
FIG.
3
5
12
14
18
19
22
23
Tempario Serie 33
C7-10
Douille
Cylindre
Série de joints
Tige
Poignée
Volant
Hydroguidage
Support
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Buchse
Zylinder
Dichtungen
Stange
Griff
Lenkrad
Hydrolenkung
Halterung
BENENNUNG
Bush
Cylinder
Set of gaskets
Rod
Hand-grip
Hand wheel
Hydrodrive
Support
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Casquillo
Cilindro
Juego de juntas
Varilla
Empuñadura
Volante
Hidroguía
Soporte
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,7
0,7
1
1
0,1
0,15
1
2
Senza cabina
0,7
0,7
1
1
0,1
0,15
1
2,5
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
DISPOSITIVO ATTACCO ATTREZZI DISPOSITIF ATTACHE DES OUTILS GERÄTE - KUPPLUNGSVORRICHTUNG IMPLEMENTS COUPLING DEVICE DISPOSITIVO ENGANCHE UTENSILIOS
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. D1-10
Boccola MB 2015 DU
Ralla di usura sollevamento
Attacco gancio di traino
Perno oscillazione sollevamento
Blocchetto supporto perno oscillazione
Snodo sollevamento completo
28
29
36
40
43
45
Molla
25
(inferiore)
Serie guarnizioni (23405020)
Bussola distanziale
23
(superiore)
Bussola distanziale
21
Rinforzo sollevamento
13
Boccola
Riga
12
Attacco sollevamento completo
Guida rinforzo sollevamento
10
18
Perno oscillazione barre sollevamento
16
Cilindro sollevamamento doppio effetto
9
DENOMINAZIONE
5
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
D1-10
Joint
Bloc
Pivot
Arrache
Rondelle
Douille
Ressort
Série de joints
Douille
Douille
Arrache
Douille
Renfort
Barre
Guidage
Pivot
Cylindre
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Gelenk
Block
Zapfen
Kupplung
Unterlegscheibe
Buchse
Feder
Dichtungen
Buchse
Buchse
Kupplung
Buchse
Verstärkung
Schiene
Schiene
Zapfen
Zylinder
BENENNUNG
Articulation
Block
Pin
Hitch
Washer
Bush
Spring
Set of gaskets
Bush
Bush
Hitch
Bush
Reinforcement
Line
Guide
Pin
Cylinder
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Articulación
Bloque
Perno
Enganche
Arandela
Casquillo
Resorte
Juego de juntas
Forro
Forro
Enganche
Casquillo
Refuerzo
Barra
Guía
Perno
Cilindro
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,75
1
0,75
0,25
0,75
1
0,1
2,75
0,3
2,25
0,5
0,3
0,15
0,15
0,15
0,25
2,5
Senza cabina
0,75
1
0,75
0,25
0,75
1
0,1
3
0,3
2,5
0,5
0,3
0,15
0,15
0,15
0,25
2,75
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
ATTACCHI SOLLEVAMENTO ATTELAGE ELEVATEUR HUBWERKKUPPLUNG LIFTING ATTACHMENT OR HITCH ATAQUE ELEVADOR
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. D1-20
Attacco sollevamento (R 1500 - RT 1500)
Perno
Attacco sollevamento (RP 1500)
3
4
DENOMINAZIONE
1
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
Kupplung
Hubwerkkupplung des Rasenmährs Zapfen
Attelage élévateur tondeuse à gazon Pivot
Arrache
BENENNUNG
D1-10
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Hitch
Lawn mower lifting attachment Pin
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Enganche
Ataque elevador cortacéspedes Perno
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,25
0,25
0,25
Senza cabina
0,25
0,25
0,25
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
IMPIANTO IDRAULICO DA POMPA A IDROGUIDA INSTALLATION HYDRAULIQUE DE LA POMPE A HYDROGUIDE HYDROANLAGE VON DER PUMPE ZUR HYDROLENKUNG HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FROM PUMP TO HYDRODRIVE INSTALACIÓN HIDRÁULICA DE BOMBA A HIDROGUÍA
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. D2-10
Pompa idroguida
11
Manicotto di aspirazione
Giunto a croce per pompa
Pompa idroguida
10
26
Supporto tubi
5
Filtro
(lunga)
Tubo mandata da pompa a idroguida
4
Supporto filtro olio
(corta)
Tubo scarico idroguida
3
16
Tubo mandata da idroguida a cilindro sterzo
15
Tubo mandata da idroguida a cilindro sterzo
2
DENOMINAZIONE
1
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
D2-10
Manchon
Filtre
Support
Pompe
Pompe
Joint
Support
Tuyau
Tuyau
Tuyau
Tuyau
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Muffe
Filter
Halterung
Pumpe
Pumpe
kupplung
Halterung
Rohr
Rohr
Rohr
Rohr
BENENNUNG
Sleeve
Filter
Support
Pump
Pump
Joint
Support
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
DESCRIPTION
(long)
(short)
Da matr. 00001
Manguito
Filtro
Soporte
Bomba
Bomba
Junta
Soporte
Tubo
Tubo
Tubo
Tubo
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,25
0,15
0,35
2,5
1
1
0,15
1
1
1
1
Senza cabina
0,25
0,15
0,35
2,75
1
1
0,15
1
1
1
1
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
IMPIANTO IDRAULICO DA IDROGUIDA A SOLLEVAMENTO INSTALLATION HYDRAULIQUE DE L'HYDROGUIDE AU SOULEVEMENT HYDRAULIKANLAGE VON DER HYDROLENKUNG ZUM HEBEWERK HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FROM HYDRODRIVE TO LIFTING INSTALACION HIDRAULICA DE HIDROGUIA A ELEVADOR
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. D3-10
Leva interna comando distributore
Riga (00150->)
Molla a disco Ã&#x2DC; 14,2 x 28 x 1 DIN 2093
25
26
Tubo mandata ai cilindri sollevamento
9
Tubo scarico da deviatore a coperchio PTO
Tubo mandata ai cilindri sollevamento
7
18
Tubo mandata ai cilindri sollevamento
6
10
Distributore M/1 spola speciale
Tubo scarico idroguida mandata distributore
5
DENOMINAZIONE
4
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
D3-10
Ressort
Barre
Tuyau
Levier
Tuyau
Tuyau
Tuyau
Tuyau
Distributeur
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Feder
Schiene
Rohr
Hebel
Rohr
Rohr
Rohr
Rohr
Verteiler
BENENNUNG
Spring
Line
Pipe
Lever
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Distributor
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Resorte
Barra
Tubo
Palanca
Tubo
Tubo
Tubo
Tubo
Distribuidor
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,1
0,1
0,25
0,4
0,75
0,75
0,5
1
0,75
Senza cabina
0,1
0,1
0,25
0,4
0,75
0,75
0,5
1
0,75
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
PRESE IDRAULICHE PRISES HYDRAULIQUES HYDRAULIK-STECKDOSEN HYDRAULIC COUPLINGS TOMAS HIDRÁULICAS
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. D4-10
Presa idraulica femmina
Supporto prese idrauliche
Riga
Molla a disco
18
21
28
29
Piastra superiore fermatubi
Tubo prese idrauliche
15
Semicollare fermatubi
9
10
Leva distributore ausiliario
Distributore 2 leve
6
DENOMINAZIONE
1
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
D4-10
Ressort
Barre
Support
Prise hydraulique
Tuyau
Plaque
Support fixation tuyaux
Distributeur
Levier
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Feder
Schiene
Halterung
Hydraulik-Anschluß
Rohr
Verteiler Halbbundring zur Schlauchbefestigung Platte
Hebel
BENENNUNG
Spring
Line
Support
Hydraulic outlet
Pipe
Plate
Pipe support
Distributor
Lever
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Resorte
Barra
Soporte
Toma hidráulica
Tubo
Placa
Soporte fijaciòn tubos
Distribuidor
Palanca
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,1
0,1
0,25
0,1
0,4
0,1
0,1
1
0,1
Senza cabina
0,1
0,1
0,25
0,1
0,4
0,1
0,1
1
0,1
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
IMPIANTO IDRAULICO MOTORE INSTALLATION HYDRAULIQUE MOTEUR HYDRAULIKANLAGE DES MOTORS ENGINE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM INSTALACION HIDRAULICA MOTOR
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. D5-10
Tubo mandata radiatore olio
Tubo da radiatore a raccordo
Tondo per cavallotto supporto tubi
Tubo mandata motore idrostatico e PTO
Radiatore olio
3
5
6
8
DENOMINAZIONE
2
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
D5-10
Radiateur
Tuyau
Arrêt
Tuyau
Tuyau
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Kühler
Rohr
Anschlag
Rohr
Rohr
BENENNUNG
Radiator
Pipe
Catch
Pipe
Pipe
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Radiador
Tubo
Tope
Tubo
Tubo
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,5
0,8
0,15
0,5
0,5
Senza cabina
0,5
0,8
0,15
0,5
0,5
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
COFANATURA COFFRE HAUBE BONNET CAPÓ
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. E1-10
Paratia divisione
Paratia laterale
40
Paratia divisione
15
35
Supporto fiancate
13
Lamiera deviatrice di flusso
Supporto fiancate
12
Mascherina frontale
Lamiera di chiusura inferiore
9
32
Fiancata completa
26
Paratia laterale
3
DENOMINAZIONE
2
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
E1-10
Cloison
Cloison
Couvre
Tôle
Cloison
Support
Support
Tôle
Joue
Cloison
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Schott
Schott
Maske
Platte
Schott
Halterung
Halterung
Platte
Seitenwand
Schott
BENENNUNG
Bulkhead
Bulkhead
Grille
Plate
Bulkhead
Support
Support
Plate
Body side
Bulkhead
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Mampara
Mampara
Rejilla
Chapa
Mampara
Soporte
Soporte
Chapa
Flanco
Mampara
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,3
0,15
0,15
0,15
0,15
2,25
2,25
0,25
1,5
0,1
Senza cabina
0,3
0,15
0,15
0,15
0,15
2,25
2,25
0,25
1,5
0,1
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
COFANATURA COFFRE HAUBE BONNET CAPÓ
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. E1-20
E1-20
Protection, insonorisant et autocollants Tirant
Protezione centrale motore, insonorizzante e adesivi Tirante
Fune
18
23
C창ble
Protection
Protection et Insonorisant
8
Insonorisant
Protezione centrale motore
Insonorizzante
4
Plaque
Protezione centrale motore e insonorizzante
Insonorizzante
Piastra supporto fiancate
3
Manto cofano, insonorizzante e adesivi
Capot et Insonorisant
Manto cofano e insonorizzante
Capot, Insonorisant et autocollants Insonorisant
Capot
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Manto cofano
DENOMINAZIONE
2
1
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
Seil
Schutz Schutz und Schallschluckendes Schutz, Schallschluckendes und Aufkleber Zugstange
Schallschluckendes
Platte
Mantel Mantel und Schallschluckendes Mantel, Schallschluckendes und aufkleber Schallschluckendes
BENENNUNG
Cable
Shield Shield and Soundproofing system Shield, soundproofing system and stickers Tie rod
Soundproofing system
Plate
Lining Lining and Soundproofing system Lining, Soundproofing system and stickers Soundproofing system
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Cable
Protecci처n, insonorizador y adhesivos Tirante
Protecci처n y insonorizador
Protecci처n
Insonorizador
Placa
Manto capo, Insonorizador y adhesivos Insonorizador
Manto capo y Insonorizador
Manto capo
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,15
0,15
0,5
0,35
0,15
0,25
0,4
0,25
0,5
0,35
0,15
Senza cabina
0,15
0,15
0,5
0,35
0,15
0,25
0,4
0,25
0,5
0,35
0,15
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
PIATTAFORMA PLATE-FORME PLATTFORM PLATFORM PLATAFORMA
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. E2-10
Insonorizzante
Insonorizzante
19
Piattaforma
4
Supporto piattaforma
Insonorizzante
3
8
Torretta completa
1
5
DENOMINAZIONE
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
E2-10
Insonorisant
Support
Insonorisant
Plate-forme
Insonorisant
Tourelle complète
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Schallschluckendes
Halterung
Schallschluckendes
Plattform
Schallschluckendes
Kompletter Turm
BENENNUNG
Soundproofing system
Support
Soundproofing system
Platform
Soundproofing system
Complete turret
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Insonorizador
Soporte
Insonorizador
Plataforma
Insonorizador
Torreta completa
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
2
6
2
1,75
2
0,7
Senza cabina
2,5
6,5
2,5
2,25
2,5
0,8
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
SERBATOIO RESERVOIR TANK TANK DEPÓSITO
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. E3-10
Serbatoio combustibile
Feltro appoggio serbatoio
Piastra supporto serbatoio
12
13
14
Galleggiante
Tubo Ø 7 x 13
8
DENOMINAZIONE
3
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
E3-10
Plaque
Feutre
Réservoir
Tuyau
Flotteur
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Platte
Filz
Tank
Rohr
Schwimmer
BENENNUNG
Plate
Felt
Tank
Pipe
Float
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Placa
Fieltro
Depósito
Tubo
Flotador
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,25
0,25
1
0,25
1,15
Senza cabina
0,25
0,25
1,25
0,25
1,4
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
TELAIO DI SICUREZZA CHASSIS DE SECURITÉ SICHERHEITSRAHMEN SAFETY CHASSIS BASTIDOR DE SEGURIDAD
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. E4-10
Coppa specchio
Specchio completo Dx
Arco di protezione
Specchio completo Sx
2
5
10
DENOMINAZIONE
1
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
E4-10
Rétroviseur
Roll-bar
Rétroviseur
Carter rétroviseur
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Spiegel
Überrollbügel
Spiegel
Spiegelhause
BENENNUNG
Mirror
Roll-bar
Mirror
Mirror housing
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Espejo
Barra antivuelco
Espejo
Caja espejo retrovisor
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,2
0,25
0,2
0,2
Senza cabina
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
STRUTTURA STRUCTURE STRUKTUR STRUCTURE ESTRUCTURA
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. E5-10
Silent-block
Tappeto piattaforma
63
69
Tubo
Fermocorsa superiore
61
83
Fanale anteriore direzione e posizione
57
Piastra
Tubo
50
Tubo
Serbatoio conpleto
48
77
Elettropompa 12 V
42
70
Supporto
32
Carénage droit
Carenatura destra
Faro di lavoro
22
18
Tuyau
Tuyau
Plaque
Tapis
Silent bloque
Butèe de fin de course
Phare
Tuyau
Réservoir
Electropompe
Support
Phare
Vitre
Carénage gauche
Vetro fanale direzione e posizione
Carenatura sinistra
17
Tige droite
Carter rétroviseur
Coppa specchio
Asta destra
Cabine complète
Tige gauche
Cabina completa
Asta sinistra
DESIGNATION
E5-10
DENOMINAZIONE
Tav.
11
10
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
Rohr
Rohr
Platte
Teppich
Silent-Block
Hubanschlag
Leuchte
Rohr
Tank
Elektropumpe
Halterung
Scheiinwerfer
Rechte Verkleidung
Linke Verkleidung
Glas
Spiegelhause
Rechter Stange
Linker Stange
Kompletter Kabine
BENENNUNG
Pipe
Pipe
Plate
Carpet
Silent-bloc
Travel stop
Light
Pipe
Tank
Electropump
Support
Headlight
Right fairing
Left fairing
Glass
Mirror housing
Right Rod
Left Rod
Complete cab
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Tubo
Tubo
Placa
Alfombrilla
Silent-bloc
Dispositivo de bloqueo
Luz
Tubo
Depósito
Electrobomba
Soporte
Faro
Carena derecha
Carena izquierda
Cristal
Caja espejo retrovisor
Varilla derecha
Varilla izquierda
Cabina completa
DENOMINACIONES
A matr. Senza cabina
1
1
0,6
0,25
0,6
0,5
0,25
0,6
0,15
0,2
0,15
0,15
0,25
0,25
0,15
0,15
0,15
0,15
2
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
TETTO E SOTTOTETTO TOIT ET REMBOURAGE DACH UND DACHBODEN ROOF AND UNDERROOF TECHO Y SUBTECHO
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. E5-20
Scatola
Elettroventilatore
Radiatore
Relè 12 V
Tubo
32
39
41
Tubo
23
31
Tubo
22
30
Interruttore fari
15
Guscio sottotetto
Interruttore tergi
13
Tetto
Portafusibile
25
Robinet
Rubinetto riscaldamento
6
10
Tuyau
Relais
Radiateur
Ventilateur électrique
Boîte
Toit
Coque rembourrage
Tuyau
Tuyau
Intérrupteur
Intérrupteur
Porte-fusible
Intérrupteur
Galetas
Sottotetto
Interruttore
24
E5-20
DESIGNATION
5
DENOMINAZIONE
Tav.
1
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
Rohr
Relais
Kühler
Elektroventilator
Gehäuse
Dach
Dachbodenschale
Rohr
Rohr
Schalter
Schalter
Sicherungskasten
Hahn
Schalter
Söller
BENENNUNG
Pipe
Relay
Radiator
Electric ventilator
Box
Roof
Underroof shell
Pipe
Pipe
Switch
Switch
Fuse-holder
Tap
Switch
Under roof
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Tubo
Relé
Radiador
Electroventilador
Caja
Techo
Casco subtecho
Tubo
Tubo
Interruptor
Interruptor
Portafusible
Grifo
Interruptor
Subtecho
DENOMINACIONES
A matr. Senza cabina
1
0,35
0,75
0,7
0,75
0,35
0,6
0,6
1
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,6
0,5
2
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
VETRO FRONTALE VITRE FRONTAL FRONTSCHEIBE FRONT GLASS CRISTAL FRONTAL
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. E5-30
E5-30
Couvre
Couvre
Coppa retrofaro
Mascherina anteriore
Mascherina interna
Vetro anteriore
Motorino tergi 90°
Vetro anteriore
3
4
5
16
18
37
Vitre
Moteur
Vitre
Coupe retro-phare
Coupe retro-phare
Phare
Faro di lavoro
Coppa retrofaro
DESIGNATION
2
DENOMINAZIONE
Tav.
1
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
Glas
Motor
Glas
Maske
Maske
Hintenscheinwerfers-wanne
Hintenscheinwerfers-wanne
Scheiinwerfer
BENENNUNG
Glass
Motor
Glass
Grille
Grille
Rear light cup
Rear light cup
Headlight
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Cristal
Motorcillo
Cristal
Rejilla
Rejilla
Cárter retro-faro
Cárter retro-faro
Faro
DENOMINACIONES
A matr. Senza cabina
1
0,5
1,25
0,5
0,75
0,5
0,5
0,75
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
PARATIA POSTERIORE CLOISON POSTERIEUR HINTERSCHOTT REAR BULKHEAD MAMPARO POSTERIOR
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. E5-40
DENOMINAZIONE
Kit paratia posteriore
Guscio paratia posteriore
Vetro posteriore
Rivestimento
FIG.
1
2
3
8
Tempario Serie 33
E5-40
Rembourage
Vitre
Coque cloison postérieur
Kit
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Wattierung
Glas
Hinterschottschale
Kit
BENENNUNG
Upholstery
Glass
Rear bulkhead shell
Kit
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Relleno
Cristal
Casco mamparo posterior
Kit
DENOMINACIONES
A matr. Senza cabina
1,25
0,35
1,25
0,75
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
PORTA PORTE TÜR DOOR PUERTA
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. E5-50
Maniglione
Porta completa
Vetro
26
30
Guarnizione
19
Vetro porta
2
DENOMINAZIONE
1
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
E5-50
Vitre
Portière complète
Poignée
Joint
Vitre
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Scheibe
Kompletter Tür
Handgriff
Dichtung
Glas
BENENNUNG
Glass
Complete door
Door handle
Gasket
Glass
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Cristal
Puerta completa
Manilla
Junta
Cristal
DENOMINACIONES
A matr. Senza cabina
1,15
0,3
0,3
0,35
1,5
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
IMPIANTO ELETTRICO CABINA INSTALLATION ELECTRIQUE CABINE KABINE ELEKTRISCHE ANLAGE CAB ELECTRIC SYSTEM INSTALACIÓN ELECTRICA CABINA
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. E5-60
DENOMINAZIONE
Cablaggio piantone
Cablaggio piantone
Cablaggio sottotetto
FIG.
1
2
3
Tempario Serie 33
E5-60
Câblage
Câblage
Câblage
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Kabelverbindung
Kabelverbindung
Kabelverbindung
BENENNUNG
Harness
Harness
Harness
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Cableado
Cableado
Cableado
DENOMINACIONES
A matr. Senza cabina
1,5
1
1,5
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
SEDILE SIÈGE SITZ SEAT ASIENTO
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. E6-10
Appuie-tête
Bras
Schienale
Sedile
Appoggiatesta
Bracciolo completo
Sedile completo
Soffietto molleggio
Molleggio
2
3
4
7
10
16
19
Suspension
Soufflet
Siège
Siège
Dossier
Bras
Bracciolo completo
1
E6-10
DESIGNATION
DENOMINAZIONE
Tav.
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
Federung
Faltenbalg
Sitz
Ausleger
Kopflehne
Sitz
Rücklehne
Ausleger
BENENNUNG
Suspension
Bellows
Seat
Arm
Headrest
Seat
Back
Arm
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Suspensión
Fuelle
Asiento
Brazo
Apoyacabeza
Asiento
Respaldo
Brazo
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,6
0,4
0,4
0,15
0,25
0,25
0,25
0,15
Senza cabina
0,6
0,4
0,4
0,15
0,25
0,25
0,25
0,15
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
APPLICAZIONE RACCOGLITORE APPLICATION BAC DE RAMASSAGE SAMMELBEHÄLTERVORRICHTUNG PICKER APPLICATION APLICACIÒN CONTENEDOR DE RECOGIDA
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. E7-10
Plaque
Attacco raccoglitore
Attacco raccoglitore
Piastra supporto
20
21
Plaque
Arrache
Arrache
Piastra supporto
1
12
E7-10
DESIGNATION
Tav.
DENOMINAZIONE
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
Platte
Kupplung
Kupplung
Platte
BENENNUNG
Plate
Hitch
Hitch
Plate
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Placa
Enganche
Enganche
Placa
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,2
0,4
0,4
0,2
Senza cabina
0,2
0,4
0,4
0,2
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
IMPIANTO ELETTRICO ANTERIORE INSTALLATION ELECTRIQUE AVANT VORDERE ELEKTRISCHE ANLAGE FRONT ELECTRIC SYSTEM INSTALACIÓN ELECTRICA DELANTERA
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. F1-10
Supporto
Prolunga Sx
16
21
Rallonge
Support
Groupe
Rallonge
Prolunga Dx
Gruppo ottico
6
Supporto fanali
Phare
Support
Faro Sx
11
F1-10
DESIGNATION
5
DENOMINAZIONE
Tav.
1
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
Verlängerung
Halterung
Gruppe
Verlängerung
Halterung
Scheiinwerfer
BENENNUNG
Extension
Support
Group
Extension
Support
Headlight
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Alargadera
Soporte
Grupo
Alargadera
Soporte
Faro
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,3
0,1
0,25
0,2
0,5
0,2
Senza cabina
0,1
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
IMPIANTO ELETTRICO CENTRALE INSTALLATION ELECTRIQUE CENTRALE MITTLERE ELEKTRISCHE ANLAGE REAR ELECTRIC SYSTEM INSTALACIÓN ELECTRICA TRASERA
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. F2-10
Intérrupteur
Interruttore di sicurezza
Cablaggio linea motore
Supporto batteria completo
Relè
Batteria 50 Ah
Lamiera fissaggio batteria
Attacco lampeggiante
Lampada rotante
13
16
20
27
29
34
38
Lampe
Arrache
Tôle
Batterie
Relais
Support
Câblage
Intérrupteur
Interruttore segnale PTO
6
11
F2-10
DESIGNATION
Tav.
DENOMINAZIONE
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
Lampe
Kupplung
Platte
Batterie
Relais
Halterung
Kabelverbindung
Schalter
Schalter
BENENNUNG
Bulb
Hitch
Plate
Battery
Relay
Support
Harness
Switch
Switch
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Lámpara
Enganche
Chapa
Batería
Relé
Soporte
Cableado
Interruptor
Interruptor
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,2
0,25
0,1
0,2
0,1
0,2
2,5
0,2
0,5
Senza cabina
0,2
0,25
0,1
0,2
0,1
0,2
2,75
0,2
0,5
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
IMPIANTO ELETTRICO POSTERIORE INSTALLATION ELECTRIQUE ARRIERE HINTERE ELEKTRISCHE ANLAGE REAR ELECTRIC SYSTEM INSTALACIÓN ELECTRICA TRASERA
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. F3-10
Support
Cablaggio
Fanale posteriore Dx
Luce targa
Portatarga
Supporto Sx
Presa elettrica
Cablaggio
Fanale posteriore Sx
12
13
15
16
20
21
30
Phare
Câblage
Prise électrique
Support
Porte-plaque
Lumière plaque minèr.
Phare
Câblage
Supporto Dx
4
11
F3-10
DESIGNATION
Tav.
DENOMINAZIONE
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
Leuchte
Kabelverbindung
Steckdose
Halterung
Kennzeichenschildhalter
Kennzeichenbeleuchtung
Leuchte
Kabelverbindung
Halterung
BENENNUNG
Light
Harness
Electric plug
Support
Identification plate
Number plate light
Light
Harness
Support
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Luz
Cableado
Toma elétrica
Soporte
Portaplaca
Luz placa
Luz
Cableado
Soporte
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,25
0,25
0,15
0,3
0,3
0,2
0,25
0,15
0,3
Senza cabina
0,25
0,25
0,15
0,3
0,3
0,2
0,25
0,15
0,3
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
STRUMENTAZIONE INSTRUMENTS INSTRUMENTIERUNG INSTRUMENTS INSTRUMENTAL
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. F4-10
Relè
Interruttore avviamento
Contaore
Gruppo 4 diodi antiritorno
Centralina comando
Centralina comando candelette
Relè
Cablaggio linea cruscotto e anteriore
6
8
25
27
31
39
42
DENOMINAZIONE
3
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
F4-10
Câblage
Relais
Centrale
Centrale
Groupe
Compte-heurs
Intérrupteur
Relais
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Kabelverbindung
Relais
Aggregat
Aggregat
Gruppe
Betriebs-stundenzaeler
Schalter
Relais
BENENNUNG
Harness
Relay
Unit
Unit
Group
Timer
Switch
Relay
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Cableado
Relé
Centralita
Centralita
Grupo
Cuentahoras
Interruptor
Relé
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
1
0,8
0,8
0,8
0,7
0,4
0,4
0,7
Senza cabina
1,1
0,9
0,9
0,9
0,8
0,4
0,4
0,8
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Rondò K327 – Rondò K333
Tableau des temps / Zeitentabelle Times board / Prospecto de programación de tiempos de trabajo
Tempario Serie 33
STRUMENTAZIONE COMPLEMENTARE INSTRUMENTS COMPLEMENTAIRES ZUSÄTZLICHE INSTRUMENTIERUNG SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUMENTS INTRUMENTAL COMPLEMENTARIO
Da matr. 00001
A matr.
TAV. F4-20
Intermittenza
Devioguida
Chiusura cruscotto
Prolunga cruscotto
Cablaggio cruscotto
10
11
19
23
24
DENOMINAZIONE
FIG.
Tempario Serie 33
F4-20
Câblage
Rallonge
Fermeture
Levier commutateur
Intermittence
DESIGNATION
Tav.
Kabelverbindung
Verlängerung
Abdeckung
Umschalter
Blinklicht
BENENNUNG
Harness
Extension
Cover
Commutator lever
Flashing light
DESCRIPTION
Da matr. 00001
Cableado
Alargadera
Cierre
Palanca conmutador
Intermitencia
DENOMINACIONES
A matr.
0,4
0,7
0,2
0,3
0,5
Senza cabina
0,4
0,8
0,2
0,3
0,5
Con cabina
TEMPO DI SOSTITUZIONE [ORE]
Antonio Carraro s.p.a. Via Caltana 24 – 35011 Campodarsego Padova Telefono 049 921 9 921 – Fax S.A.T. 049 921 99 99 http:// www.antoniocarraro.com